Top Banner
Document No 18027-PL-HSE-0002 Rev Date Status Originated/ Custodian Checked Approved 1 15/06/2020 Issued for Use Kim Stewart L & A Lead Matt Baker Project Manager Phillip McCutcheon Manager Access and Approvals – South East 0 28/04/2020 Issued for Review Kim Stewart L & A Lead Matt Baker Project Manager Phillip McCutcheon Manager Access and Approvals – South East Construction Environment Management Plan Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project Day 4 Version - clean
187

Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

Jan 19, 2021

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

Document No 18027-PL-HSE-0002

Rev Date Status Originated/

Custodian Checked Approved

1 15/06/2020 Issued for Use

Kim Stewart

L & A Lead

Matt Baker

Project

Manager

Phillip McCutcheon

Manager Access and

Approvals – South East

0 28/04/2020 Issued for Review Kim Stewart

L & A Lead

Matt Baker

Project

Manager

Phillip McCutcheon

Manager Access and

Approvals – South East

Construction Environment

Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline

Project

Day 4 Version - clean

Page 2: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

i

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Contents

1 Introduction 2

1.1 Purpose and scope 2

1.2 Document references 4

2 Project overview 5

2.1 Location 5

2.2 Timeframe 7

2.3 Consultation 8

2.4 Pipeline specifications 8

2.5 Pipeline construction 8

2.5.1 Pipeline Construction Sequence and Activities 9

2.5.2 Crossings 11

2.5.3 Other pipeline facilities 15

2.5.4 Pipeline testing and commissioning 16

2.6 Pipeline Rehabilitation 16

2.7 Pipeline Start-Up Operations 17

3 Environmental setting 18

4 Regulatory setting 19

5 Environmental framework 24

5.1 Overview 24

5.2 Environmental Risk Management 25

5.3 Organisational structure and responsibility 25

6 Performance objectives and standards 30

6.1 Contingency plans 30

7 Assurance 31

7.1 Training 31

7.2 Audit Program 31

7.3 Performance Monitoring 32

7.4 Regulatory Reporting 34

Page 3: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

ii

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

7.5 Incident Reporting Notification 35

7.6 Complaints procedure 37

7.7 Corrective actions 37

7.8 Emergency response procedure 38

7.9 Records 39

8 References 40

9 Attachments 41

A Pipelines Regulations Part 7 Requirements 42

B APA HSE Policy 47

C Reportable incident notification template 48

D Complaint management process 49

E Unexpected discoveries of historical

archaeological sites 51

F Contingency Plan – Chemical /Fuel Spill Response 54

F.1 Purpose 54

F.2 Scope 54

F.3 Objectives 54

F.4 Background 54

F.5 Requirements 55

F.5.1. Chemical Spill Incident Reporting 55

F.5.2. Planning – Spill Response 55

F.5.3. Spill Response – Principles 56

F.5.4. Spill Response – Environmental Priorities 56

F.5.5. Minor Spill – Response Procedure 57

F.5.6. Major Spill and Watercourse Spill – Response

Procedure 58

F.5.7. Containment Techniques 60

F.5.8. Collection Techniques 60

F.5.9. Notification and Reporting Requirements 61

Page 4: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

iii

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

F.5.10. Disposal Requirements 61

F.5.11. Remediation Requirements 61

F.6 Responsibilities 62

F.7 Record Keeping 62

G Environmental Line List 63

H Environmental Risk Assessment 19

H.1 Overview 19

H.2 Context of the risk assessment 19

H.3 Risk Pathway Identification 20

H.4 Analysis of the consequence and likelihood or risks 20

H.5.1. Consequence Ratings 20

H.5.2. Likelihood ratings 21

H.5.3. Risk matrix and risk rating 22

H.5 Risk Workshops 22

H.6 Risk evaluation and treatment 23

H.6.1. Risk evaluation and treatment 23

H.6.2. Assurance 24

I Risk Register 25

J Performance objectives and standards 47

K Acid Sulphate Soil Management Protocol 85

Page 5: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

iv

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Tables Table 1-A: APA referenced documents 4

Table 2-A Pakenham Delivery Facility indicative construction schedule 7

Table 2-B Pipeline indicative construction schedule 7

Table 2-C: Pipeline specifications 8

Table 2-D: Pipeline construction activities and sequencing 10

Table 2-E HDD locations 13

Table 2-F: Horizontal boring locations 14

Table 4-A: Key legislation and applicability 19

Table 4-B: Applicable policies and guidelines 22

Table 5-A: Project responsibilities 26

Table 7-A: Regulatory reporting requirements 34

Table 9-A Responsibilities 62

Table 9-B Consequence framework 21

Table 9-C Likelihood guide 22

Table 9-D Risk assessment matrix 22

Table 9-E Risk workshops – specialist studies 23

Figures Figure 2-1: Project locality map 6

Figure 3-2: Typical construction ROW layout for a pipeline 9

Figure 2-3: Typical HDD arrangement/schematic 12

Figure 5-1: Safeguard risk management system 24

Page 6: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

v

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Revision history

Version 0 Issued for DELWP adequacy review 27 April 2020

Note: Changes prior to Revision 0 are not recorded in the revision history.

APA is required to have this Plan and subsequent revisions accepted by

DELWP. Where procedural revisions to the document occur (e.g.

administrative changes, references, formatting) that do not affect risk, control

or assurance measures, APA will approve the document and notify DELWP of

the amendment within 5 business days of APA’s approval of the revision.

Page 7: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

1

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Abbreviations and terminology

ALARP As low as reasonably practicable

APA APA VTS Australia (Operations) Pty Limited

APGA Australian Pipelines and Gas Association Ltd

CEMP Construction Environment Management Plan

DELWP Victorian Department of Environment, Land, Water and

Planning

EOLSS End of Line Scraper Station

EPA Environment Protection Authority

HDD Horizontal directional drill

HSE Health, Safety and Environment

LNG Liquefied natural gas

MLV Mainline valve

OEMP Operational Environmental Management Plan

Pipelines Act Pipelines Act 2005 (Vic)

Pipelines

Regulations

Pipelines Regulations 2017 (Vic)

Project

activities/works

All activities proposed by APA to undertake the

required scope of work

ROW Right of way

Site The defined workspace areas for the construction

activities

VTS Victorian Transmission System

Page 8: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

2

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

1 Introduction

APA Transmission Pty Limited (APA) is developing the Crib Point Pakenham

Pipeline Project (the Pipeline Project). This is a new natural gas pipeline

between the Crib Point liquefied natural gas (LNG) Import Terminal and

Pakenham to connect to the Victorian Transmission System (VTS) east of

Pakenham.

APA will construct and operate the pipeline to transport the natural gas from

Crib Point to Pakenham. AGL will construct and operate the LNG import jetty

and receiving facility at Crib Point to receive natural gas from LNG shipments

Together these works will provide an additional supply of natural gas into the

south-eastern Australian gas market for industrial, commercial and residential

customers.

1.1 Purpose and scope

Under the Pipelines Act 2005 (the Pipelines Act), the pipeline is subject to a

Pipeline Licence Application (CPT.2373-LIC-HSE-0001) and its construction and

operation must be in accordance with an accepted Environment

Management Plan. The Environment Management Plan:

identifies the risks to the environment arising from the pipeline operation;

specifies what the licensee will do to eliminate or minimise those risks,

including rehabilitation of the land; and

sets out any matter prescribed by the Pipelines Regulations 2017 (the

Pipelines Regulations).

To implement the above requirements, this Construction Environment

Management Plan (CEMP) identifies the aspects of construction,

commissioning and first 12 months of operations with the pipeline works that

have the potential to impact on the physical, biological, social and cultural

aspects of the environment.

This CEMP applies to all activities undertaken during this period within the

pipeline corridor, which are described in Section 2. It is for the use of

construction, commissioning and early operations personnel and identifies

actions required to comply with the requirements of all applicable legislation,

licences, Australian Standards and Industry Codes of Practice.

Page 9: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

3

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

A cross-reference to the requirements of the Pipelines Regulations is contained

within Attachment A for reference.

All activities performed in accordance with this CEMP must comply with the

relevant acts, regulations, standards and codes of practice of all regulatory

authorities having jurisdiction over the activities. When conflict exists between

various applicable documents, the following order of preference applies, in

decreasing order of precedence:

Acts of law or other legislation;

Government licenses and permits;

APA Standards; and

Local standards.

Where APA requirements are more stringent, they will take precedence. Any

identified discrepancies in this CEMP are to be reported to the document

owner for remedy. If you are reading a hard copy of this document, please

consider it uncontrolled.

Page 10: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

4

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

1.2 Document references

All work performed in accordance with this CEMP will conform with the current

version, including amendments, of those national and international standards,

codes of practice, guidelines and APA documents listed in Table 1-A.

Table 1-A: APA referenced documents

Item Definition

320-PL-HEL-0015, 0016,

0017 & 0018

Victorian Operating Environment Management Plan

APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental

Procedure)

APA HSE GP 03.02 HSE Document Control

APA HSE GP 03.03 Information and Records Management Policy

APA HSE GP 06.01 T01 Workplace Risk Assessment and Control Tool

APA HSE GP 07.01 Incident Reporting Procedure

APA HSE GP 07.02 Incident Investigation and Analysis Procedure

APA HSE GP 15.01 Safeguard Audit and Self-Assessment Procedure

18027-PL-A-0001 Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project - Consultation Plan

18027-PL-A-0002 Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project - Project Management Plan

18027-DBM-A-0001 Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project - Design Basis Manual

18027-PL-HSE-0001 Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project - Safety Management Plan

(Aecom doc Rev 1.1

dated 17 March)

Environmental Risk Report – Gas Import Jetty and Pipeline Project

EES Attachment III

EME020 APA Emergency Management Manual

Page 11: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

5

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

2 Project overview

2.1 Location

The pipeline is located to the south east of Melbourne on the edge of West

Gippsland region Victoria. APA is developing approximately 57 km of pipeline

between Crib Point, Western Port, Victoria and a connection to the VTS east

of Pakenham.

The authorised route of the pipeline, the pipeline corridor including proposed

Construction Laydown, Temporary Access Tracks and Pipe Stockpiling

Areas are illustrated in Figure 2-1.

Page 12: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

6

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Figure 2-1: Project locality map

Page 13: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

7

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

2.2 Timeframe

The works will be undertaken across an approximately 24 month works

programme commencing in Q3, 2021, followed by a further 12 month period

for the completion of reinstatement and rehabilitation works. The proposed

schedule for the project activities are further detailed in Table 2-A and Table

2-B.

Table 2-A Pakenham Delivery Facility indicative construction schedule

Construction activity Work period Duration

Mobilisation and site set up Q3 2021 1 month

Bulk earthworks, piling (if

required) and civil foundations

Between Q3 and Q1 2022 9 months

Structural, mechanical, piping

and electrical and

Instrumentation installation

Between Q3 2021 and Q4

2022

18 months

Roads, landscaping and

reinstatement

Q3 2022 1 month

Pre-commissioning and

commissioning

Between Q3 2022 and Q4

2022

6 months

Final demobilisation Q4 2022 1 month

Overall timeframe Approximately 18 months

construction and 6 months

of commissioning

Table 2-B Pipeline indicative construction schedule

Construction activity Work period Duration

Mobilisation Q3 2021 1 month

Pipeline construction Between Q3 2021 and Q4 2022 15 months

Hydrostatic testing Between Q3 2022 and Q4 2022 4 months

Reinstatement Between Q4 2021 and Q4 2022 6 months

Commissioning Q4 2022 2 months

Demobilisation Q1 2023 1 month

Overall timeframe Approximately 18

months construction and

2 months of

commissioning

Page 14: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

8

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

2.3 Consultation

The Project Consultation Plan (18027-PL-A-0001) details the consultation with

stakeholders, particularly landowners, occupiers and managers, likely to be

affected by the construction and operation of the Pipeline.

2.4 Pipeline specifications

The pipeline specifications are summarised in the Table 2-C.

Table 2-C: Pipeline specifications

Project Element Description

Construction

timetable

Start construction Q3, 2021, complete by Q4, 2022.

Total length of

pipeline

Approximately 57km

Pipeline diameter 600mm

Pipeline material

and external

corrosion coating

American Petroleum Institute specification 5L X60 high strength steel

pipe. Internally lined with epoxy and externally coated with dual layer

fusion bonded epoxy with field applied joint coating

Cathodic

protection

Impressed current cathodic protection system (ICCP system)

Minimum depth of

cover

1200mm

Construction right-

of-way width

The standard width is 30m with a provision for some wider areas, such

as temporary construction laydown, pipe stringing and horizontal

directional drill (HDD) locations.

2.5 Pipeline construction

This pipeline will be constructed and operated in accordance with the

Pipelines Act and the requirements of the Australian Standards ‘AS2885.1-

2018: Pipelines – Gas and liquid petroleum’ and the Australian Pipelines and

the Australian Pipelines and Gas Association Code of Environmental Practice

(Australian Pipelines and Gas Association, 2017).

Page 15: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

9

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

The pipeline construction footprint includes a 30 metre-wide-construction right

of way (ROW) as well as additional areas to support pipeline construction.

Indicative locations for the additional areas required to support construction

include:

access tracks (upgrade of existing and construction of new), which will be

less than ten metres wide and usually constructed out of gravel.

additional work areas (for example vehicle turn-around points,

additional workspaces for crossings, set up areas for alternate construction

methodologies, laying out of pipe for HDD, stockpiling and storage areas).

water supply tanks and temporary dams for storing water required for dust

suppression and hydrostatic testing (pressure testing) of the pipeline.

The typical layout of the construction ROW is shown in Figure 2-2.

Figure 2-2: Typical construction ROW layout for a pipeline

The width of the construction ROW is reduced in areas where there are

sensitive environments and/or watercourses to minimise disturbance to these

features.

2.5.1 Pipeline Construction Sequence and Activities

The pipeline will be laid below the ground surface and will generally involve

trenched pipeline construction. HDD and boring shall be used for some road,

watercourse and sensitive area crossings, as outlined in Section 2.5.2.

Pipeline construction will involve the activities listed in Table 2-D.

Page 16: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

10

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Table 2-D: Pipeline construction activities and sequencing

Construction

sequence

Activity Description

1 Clearing and

Grade

Clearing of vegetation and topsoil within the construction

ROW is required to provide a safe and efficient area for

construction activities.

2 Pipe stringing Stringing involves distributing pipe segments along the

ROW on sandbags and wooden skids in preparation for

welding.

3 Pipe bending Where required, pipe lengths will be bent using a hydraulic

bending machine to match changes in either elevation or

direction of the alignment.

4 Welding, non-

destructive

testing and

joint coating

Specialised construction crews will weld pipe segments

together manually or using an automated welding

process. Pipe segments can be welded into strings of up to

around 1.5 kilometres in length. The length will be

determined by the number of stock crossings, water and

road crossings and landholder access breaks required.

All welds will be examined for quality using either X-ray or

ultrasonic inspection techniques. Any unacceptable

defects in the welds will be either repaired or replaced

and tested again.

All welds will then be cleaned and sanded by abrasive

blasting and coated to prevent corrosion.

5 Trench

excavation

A wheel trencher, rocksaw or excavator will be used to dig

the trench to lay the pipeline in. Trenches will typically be

excavated to a depth of approximately two metres to

achieve a depth of cover of about 1.2 metres to the

natural ground level. Excavated material will be stockpiled

to the spoil side of the trench area and will be reused

during backfilling activities.

6 Lowering in

and

backfilling

Pipe segments will be positioned on wooden skids and

sandbags to protect the pipe coating from damage. The

welded pipe strings will be lifted off the wooden

skids/sandbags and lowered into the trench using side-

boom tractors or excavators. The pipe coating will be

inspected and tested for defects immediately prior to

lowering the pipe into the trench.

Page 17: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

11

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Construction

sequence

Activity Description

Bedding and padding material will be placed around the

pipe to protect the pipe coating from damage due to

materials in the excavated spoil. Bedding and padding

material will either be imported using trucks or, where the

excavated material is suitable, produced by sieving the

excavated material on site.

After lowering-in, the strings will be welded together (a 'tie--

in') in the trench.

The trench is then backfilled using the excavated spoil,

and excess excavated material may be collected and

transported for disposal at appropriately licenced facilities

in accordance with Environment Protection Authority (EPA)

Victoria’s waste classification and spoil transportation

requirements.

7 Testing and

commissioning

The pipeline is pressure tested prior to commissioning to

ensure that the pipeline is structurally sound and without

leaks. This will be undertaken through a process called

hydrostatic testing whereby sections of the pipeline (test

sections) are filled with water and then pressurised. This is

further discussed below.

2.5.2 Crossings

The authorised route of the pipeline crosses roads, watercourses and sensitive

areas as outlined in the Environmental Line List (Attachment G). At many of

these, pipeline construction will use either horizontal directional drilling (HDD)

or shallow horizontal boring to avoid impacts. These construction techniques

will be used in areas that include:

selected watercourses and drains

sealed road crossings, to avoid traffic disruption

existing pipeline infrastructure

Warringine Park, Watson Creek and a small unnamed tributary 100 metres

north of Watson Creek. These are areas of high ecological significance and

partially falls in the Western Port Ramsar site

Page 18: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

12

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Denham Road Farmhouse, which is listed on the Victorian Heritage

Inventory (VHI) (H7921-0119).

2.5.2.1 Horizontal directional drilling (HDD)

Major waterways and other sensitive features will be crossed with the use of

HDD to pass under the river, creek, riparian vegetation or sensitive areas

without disturbing these features. Where HDD occurs, this replaces steps 1 to 6

of the pipeline construction activities outlined in Table 2-D above.

It will require the excavation of an exit pit (approximately 3m x 3m x 3m) on

the opposite side to where the drilling rig is set up to contain drilling fluids used

in the drilling process. A smaller entry pit approximately half the size of the exit

pit is excavated on the drilling rig side.

A bore hole will be drilled along the designed path of the pipeline from one

side to the other and the pipe pulled back through the bore hole. The drilling

fluids will be monitored through the logging of fluid inputs and returns. The

method is graphically shown in Figure 2-3.

Figure 2-3: Typical HDD arrangement/schematic

Drilling fluids will be used to assist the process and fluid use will be monitored

through the logging of fluid inputs and returns. A volumetric drilling fluid

tracking procedure will be implemented to monitor fluid use during drilling

operations.

Page 19: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

13

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

A site geotechnical assessment is part of the technical documentation used

to define in the HDD crossing design. In addition, the potential for ‘frac-outs’,

or loss of fluids through fractures in the overlying strata, is minimised by a review

of geology and selection of a drill profile and depth that controls this potential

risk.

Drilling fluid components use only benign materials, with the most common

additive being bentonite, a naturally occurring clay. To ensure compliance

with the IWRG 631 Solid Industrial Waste Hazard Categorisation and

Management (EPA, 2009), the drilling fluids and cuttings will be tested and

disposed of according to the waste categorisation.

A list of locations for HDD are provided in Table 2-E below.

Table 2-E HDD locations

Location name KP Start KP End

1 Viva 0.816 1.016

2 Merran's Sun-orchids 1.141 1.688

3 Warringine Park Swamp 3.968 4.364

4 Warringine Creek 4.623 4.952

5 Reid Parade (Rail corridor) 4.990 6.044

6 Coolstore Road (Rail Corridor) 6.463 6.870

7 Kings Creek 6.957 7.351

8 Bluescope 9.314 9.467

9 Significant Flora -Swamp Wallaby Grass 13.311 13.699

10 Whitneys Rd 16.806 17.158

11 Watson Creek 18.764 19.383

12 Langwarrin Creek 20.883 21.259

13 Vowell Drive Wetlands 22.530 22.965

14 Fisheries Rd 26.726 26.979

15 South Gippsland Hwy & Rutherford Creek 29.571 30.237

16 Muddy Gates lane and former Gippsaland rail corridor 33.387 33.631

17 Cardinia Creek Watercourse Crossing 40.046 40.298

Page 20: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

14

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

18 Toomuc Creek, Deep Creek and Desalination Pipe, Ballato

Road

40.883 41.340

19 Koo Wee Rup Rd 46.508 46.677

20 Pakenham Creek 49.154 49.430

As outlined in the Project Safety Management Plan (18027-PL-HS-0001), a HDD

Management Plan in accordance with AS 2885.1-2018 will be prepared for

regulatory approval.

2.5.2.2 Horizontal boring

Boring below sealed bitumen roads will be used to minimise disruption to traffic

movements and prevent any reduction in road surface integrity. Where boring

occurs, this activity replaces steps 1 to 6 of the pipeline construction activities

outlined in Table 2-D.

Horizontal boring involves excavation of pits either side of the obstacle. The

boring machine will be located within the entry pit, which uses a hydraulic ram

to jack the pipe section, behind a cutting head, in a straight line through the

ground to the receiving pit.

A list of locations for horizontal boring are provided in Table 2-F below.

Table 2-F: Horizontal boring locations

Location name KP Start KP End

1 The Esplanade 0.034 0.106

2 The Esplanade & Woolleys Rd 1.806 1.920

3 Esso Pipeline crossing 2.934 2.952

4 Intersection of Marine Parade and Frankston-Flinders road 8.453 8.575

5 Stony Point rail & Frankston - Flinders Rd 9.012 9.112

6 Denham Road Homestead 10.984 11.056

7 McKirdys Road house-driveway 12.138 12.201

8 Baxter - Tooradin Rd driveway 24.391 24.427

9 Baxter - Tooradin Rd 24.956 25.027

10 Adeneys road 28.708 28.799

Page 21: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

15

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

11 Manks Road & Drain 34.316 34.350

12 Tooradin Station Rd 35.354 35.408

13 Dalmore Rd / Drain 38.848 38.889

14 Soldiers Rd 44.101 44.155

15 Bald Hill Rd 52.441 52.477

16 Pakenham Rail Crossing 54.965 55.026

17 Entrance to HCMT yard 55.265 55.310

18 Princes Freeway 55.710 55.830

19 Princes Highway 56.556 56.696

2.5.3 Other pipeline facilities

The Pipeline Project also include the following facilities:

Pigging facility - at the Crib Point Receiving Facility which will allow for in-

line inspections of the pipeline with a pipeline inspection gauge (pig).

Pakenham delivery facility - situated adjacent to the Pakenham East Rail

Depot, to monitor and regulate the gas. The site is within land owned by

Public Transport Victoria and is approximately 2ha in size. The facility will

include a scraper station, filtration, pressure regulation, metering, heating,

pigging facility and a vent stack.

End of Line Scraper Station (EOLSS) – this below ground facility will be

located at the connection point to the VTS, north of the Princes Highway

in Pakenham. The EOLSS will be situated on the easement of the Longford

Dandenong Pipeline and the Bunyip to Pakenham Pipeline (collectively

referred to as the Longford Dandenong Pipeline) at the connection point

of the Crib Point to Pakenham Pipeline. The EOLSS connects the pipeline

into the VTS via two hot tap connections, one to the Longford Dandenong

Pipeline and one to the Bunyip to Pakenham Pipeline. The EOLSS facility will

be underground, with valves accessible via concrete pits.

Mainline valves - two above ground mainline valves (MLVs) will allow for

isolation of the pipeline sections in an emergency. The two MLVs will be

situated along the pipeline at approximately KP12.3 south of Denham

Road, Hastings (MLV1) and KP39.9 at the end of Bloomfield Lane, Cardinia

Page 22: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

16

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

(MLV2). MLV1 will require an area of 50m x 18m during construction and

approximately 10m x 10m once operational. MLV2 will require an area of

60m x 60m x 80m during construction and be fully contained within the 15m

easement once operational.

2.5.4 Pipeline testing and commissioning

Following completion of the pipeline hydrostatic testing and construction of

the relevant above and below ground pipeline facilities, the pipeline will be

commissioned for operations. The pipeline will be gauged using a geometry

pig capable of measuring the internal surface of the pipe. Any located

defects will be assessed and rectified. Commissioning will proceed

sequentially from the point where commissioning gas is available and

subsequently on completion of the nominated sections.

Commissioning will be in accordance with the Project Safety Management

Plan (18027-PL-HS-0001) and procedure and includes as a minimum the

following activities:

instrument calibration

control system functionality

safety system testing

purging of air and gas filling

pressurisation testing and commissioning of stations and valves.

2.6 Pipeline Rehabilitation

The rehabilitation of the construction footprint will occur after the completion

of the construction activities. The areas to be rehabilitated include the pipeline

ROW, temporary facilities, temporary access tracks and extra work areas.

The rehabilitation of the construction footprint involves the reinstatement of

the soil, landforms and vegetation where appropriate along the pipeline

construction footprint. The rehabilitation will be undertaken in accordance

with the CEMP and with the APGA Code of Environmental Practice and will

minimise adverse impacts of the pipeline on existing land uses and control the

occurrence and extent of soil erosion.

In areas with pre-existing vegetation cover, revegetation of the construction

footprint will generally be based on conventional pasture restoration

Page 23: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

17

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

procedures in consultation with landholders. Within roadways, surfaces will be

reinstated in accordance with the requirements of the local Council. Pre-

existing vegetation on road reservations will also be restored in consultation

with the local Council.

Detailed requirements for reinstatement are outlined in Section 6 Performance

Standards

2.7 Pipeline Start-Up Operations

The pipeline will commence operations from Q4 2022 and this CEMP will

remain in place for the first 12 months of operational activity. During this 12-

month period APA will monitor the completed pipeline construction and

rehabilitation works to identify and correct defects.

The routine maintenance of the pipeline during this 12-month period will be

undertaken in accordance with the APA maintenance plan(s), implemented

via Maximo. Specific pipeline operations and maintenance activities to which

this CEMP applies include:

Easement surveillance and maintenance (i.e. progress of rehabilitation,

vegetation control, weed management, erosion and subsidence

monitoring)

General equipment & facility maintenance

Cathodic protection surveys

Pipeline excavation

Venting

Pipeline pigging

Pipeline patrols.

After this 12-month period a new Operational Environmental Management

Plan (OEMP) will be required for the continued operation of the pipeline.

Page 24: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

18

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

3 Environmental setting

The pipeline route traverses approximately 57 km of land between Crib Point,

Western Port, Victoria and a connection to the VTS east of Pakenham (Refer

Figure 2-1).

The land use along the pipeline route is a mix of rural residential, road corridors,

industrial land, conservation reserves, hobby farms, horse studs and

agricultural areas. Agriculture is the main land use type along the length of the

pipeline. The pipeline route passes through one existing urban area in Hastings.

The existing environment and the relevant values and sensitivities are detailed

in the Environmental Line List (Attachment G).

Page 25: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

19

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

4 Regulatory setting

Key Project approvals, legal requirements and other relevant requirements

such as guidelines and codes of practice are presented in Table 4-A.

Table 4-A: Key legislation and applicability

Legislation Applicability

Environment

Protection and

Biodiversity

Conservation Act 1999

(Cth)

The Pipeline Project proposal was referred to the Commonwealth

Government under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity

Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) on 12 September 2018. The

Commonwealth Minister for Environment and Energy determined

that the Pipeline Project has the potential to impact on Matters

of National Environmental Significance (MNES). As a result, the

Minister determined the project required consideration under the

EPBC Act.

The Project was assessed for the purposes of the EPBC Act

through the Victorian Environment Effect Statement (EES) process

(under the bilateral agreement with Victoria).

National Greenhouse

and Energy Reporting

Act 2007

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting (NGER) scheme,

established by the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting

Act 2007 (NGER Act), is a single national framework for reporting

company information about greenhouse gas emissions, energy

production and consumption.

Under the NGER Act, APA reports on energy consumption,

production and emissions for a number of its facilities (inclusive of

offices, pipelines, gas power generation, windfarms, LNG/gas

storage and power lines). This reporting will include emission and

energy data from the construction and operation phases of this

project.

Pipelines Act 2005

(Vic)

The Pipeline Project requires a pipeline licence under the

Pipelines Act 2005 for construction and operation. This CEMP is

required to be accepted by the Victorian Minister for Energy,

Environment & Climate Change. and a rehabilitation bond

lodged prior to the commencement of the mobilisation to the

Site.

Page 26: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

20

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Legislation Applicability

Environment Effects

Act 1978 (Vic)

APA referred the gas pipeline proposal to the Victorian

Government under the Environment Effects Act 1978 (EE Act).

The Victorian Minister for Planning determined that an EES was

required and an EES was prepared in conjunction with the AGL

Gas Import Jetty Project, in accordance with the Minister’s

requirements.

Following public exhibition of the EES the Minister for Planning’s

Assessment Report was provided to the relevant statutory

decision makers to inform the grant of approvals for the Project.

The approval conditions apply to the project.

Planning and

Environment Act 1987

(Vic)

Section 85 of the Pipelines Act 2005 exempts pipelines from the

requirement for planning approval where a pipeline licence is

issued.

Flora and Fauna

Guarantee Act 1988

(Vic)

The Terrestrial and Freshwater Biodiversity Existing Conditions Impact

Assessment (Biosis, 2020) identified that a range of Flora and

Fauna Guarantee (FFG) Act listed species are present within the

pipeline alignment. Permits under the FFG Act will be required for

several locations along the Pipeline alignment where vegetation

clearance of FFG Act listed species is occurring on public land.

Aboriginal Heritage

Act 2006 (Vic)

Section 49 of the Aboriginal Heritage Act states that a CHMP is

required if a proponent or other person is required to prepare an

EES for the works. In addition to this requirement, the proposed

Pipeline Project trigger a mandatory CHMP under Section 46 of

the Act.

CHMPs are being drafted to manage Aboriginal cultural heritage

associated with the project. The CHMPs will be lodged for

approval following the Minister’s assessment of the EES. An

approved CHMP is required to obtain consent under the Marine

and Coastal Act.

Heritage Act 2017

(Vic)

The Historic Heritage Impact Assessment (Biosis, 2019) determined

that historic sites occur within the study area.

For listed sites, applications for a consent for Victorian Heritage

Inventory sites or a Permit for Victorian Heritage Register places

will be obtained from Heritage Victoria as required. Where

previously unrecorded places or archaeological sites are

identified, registration is required.

A Consent to Damage under Section 124 of the Act or an

exemption from a Consent will be required before the Project

commences. However, a permit under Section 93 of this Act is

not required.

If a heritage permit is required under the Heritage Act 2017 for

works on marine and coastal Crown land, this permit will be

required for consent under the Marine and Coastal Act 2018.

Page 27: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

21

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Legislation Applicability

Catchment and Land

Protection Act 1994

(Vic)

Listed weeds are present within the Project area

Appropriate weed control and hygiene measures will be

implemented during the project and when removing and

restoring vegetation in the construction ROW to ensure noxious

weeds are not spread within, from or to the area to meet the

objectives of the Act.

Environment

Protection Act 1970

This Act establishes the legal framework for the control of noise

emissions and pollution of the air, water and land. State

government environmental protection policies are declared

under this Act and EPA guidelines provide guidance for the

management of noise and pollution in accordance with the Act

and subsidiary Regulations. These have been considered in

preparation of this CEMP.

Waste transport certificates are required under the Regulations

to track the movement of all prescribed industrial waste that

may be generated by the Project.

The Environment Protection Act 2017 as amended by the

Environment Protection Amendment Act 2018 provides the

foundation for a transformation of Victoria’s environment

protection laws. The new Act and subordinate legislation comes

into effect on 1 July 2020.

Fisheries Act 1995 (Vic) A permit is required under the Act for salvage activities requiring

the handling of threatened and common fish species and

threatened aquatic invertebrates that may be found in

waterways along the pipeline alignment.

Marine and Coastal

Act 2018 (Vic)

A consent is required from the Minister for Energy, Environment

and Climate Change for works on marine and coastal Crown

land, including Crown land 200 metres inland of the high-water

mark.

Water Act 1989 (Vic) The pipeline alignment crosses waterways that are protected by

the Water Act 1989.

An approval from Melbourne Water will be required prior to

commencement of works on, over or under a designated

waterway, or within a Land Subject to Inundation Overlay (LSIO)

in the relevant planning scheme. A consent for minor waterway

work will be required for each crossing of a waterway.

Wildlife Act 1975 (Vic) A Management Authorisation permit will be required under the

Act if salvage and relocation of fauna are to be undertaken as

part of the construction activities.

Page 28: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

22

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

The key Victorian Government policies and guidelines are summarised in Table

4-B. They refer to environmental control guidelines that limit the impact of

noise, dust, clearing of native vegetation, impact on waterways and impact

on the environmental amenity of local businesses, residences and road users.

Table 4-B: Applicable policies and guidelines

Policies and Guidelines

Description

State Environment

Protection Policies

Air Quality Management 2001

Ambient Air Quality 1999

Groundwaters of Victoria 1997

Prevention and Management of Contamination of Land 2002

Variation to SEPP for Waters of Victoria 2003, S107

EPA Publications 347: Bunding Guidelines (Dec 1992)

EPA Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building and demolition

guide

IWRG 621: Soil Hazard Categorisation and Management (June

2009)

IWRG 702: Soil Sampling (June 2009)

IWRG 821.2: Waste Transport Certificates (March 2013)

IWRG 822.2: Waste Codes (April 2010)

1254: Noise Control Guidelines (October 2008)

1304.1 Stormwater and protecting our waterways (Mar 2015)

DELWP Guidelines for the removal, destruction or lopping of native

vegetation (2017)

Biosecurity Guidelines for Movement of Equipment AG1171 (2009)

Department of

Environment

(Commonwealth)

Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation

Council (ANZECC) Australia and New Zealand Guidelines for Fresh

and Marine Water Quality (2000)

This Project is to be constructed in accordance with the requirements of

Australian Standard AS2885–2018 Pipelines – Gas and liquid petroleum. In

Page 29: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

23

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

addition, the performance objectives and standards have been developed

to be consistent with the APGA Code of Environmental Practice.

Where legislation requires a specific management action or response, these

requirements are included within the CEMP as environmental controls,

environmental limits, environmental monitoring programs, or within

contingency plans (refer to Section 6).

Compliance with legal and other relevant requirements will be evaluated in

accordance with the audit procedures (refer to Section 7.2), performance

monitoring (refer to Section 7.3), regulatory incident reporting (refer to

Section 7.5) and review of this CEMP.

Page 30: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

24

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

5 Environmental framework

5.1 Overview

This CEMP is part of APA's HSE Management System, known as Safeguard.

Safeguard is designed to ensure that information on environmental

requirements is provided to personnel in a relevant, accessible and

understandable form.

The broad relationships and linkages between the Project’s environmental

management plans and APA’s HSE Management System are represented

diagrammatically in Figure 5-1: Safeguard risk management system. This CEMP

sets out the plans, roles, responsibilities, procedures, and specific commitments

required to carry out the proposed activities in accordance with APA’s HSE

Policy and the environmental management objectives and standards

outlined for the Project (refer to Section 6).

Figure 5-1: Safeguard risk management system

As part of Safeguard, APA has an environmental procedure for Management

Plan Process and Design (APA HSE EP 13.01.03), which defines the requirements

for environmental management planning process and design.

Leadership &

Commitment

Planning

Objectives

& Targets

HSE

Information

Management

People

Management

Communication

& Consultation

Risk

Management

Incident

Management

Hazard

Management

& Control

Planning &

Design –

Management

of Change

Contractors

& Suppliers

Emergency

Management

Health &

Fitness for

Work

Performance

Measurement &

Reporting

Audit,

Assessment &

Review

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

10

11

12

14

15

13

Environmental

Management

HSE

Management

System

Page 31: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

25

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

APA is committed to responsible environmental management and has

formalised this commitment in a Health, Safety and Environment Policy (refer

to Attachment B). All personnel are required to work in line with APA’s HSE

Policy which will be displayed in the site offices during the activities.

5.2 Environmental Risk Management

The CEMP is based on the environmental risk assessments that were

undertaken for the construction of the pipeline.

The risk methodology used to assess and define the risk levels and the

Environmental Risk Register is outlined in Attachment H.

To manage the risks, the CEMP links the pipeline construction activities with the

relevant risk management measures addressed in Section 6 Objectives and

Performance standards. This ensures the risk management measures are

planned to eliminate or minimise the risks during construction.

The risk register will be continually evaluated by APA as part of the assurance

processes identified in Section 7 such as audits, monitoring or complaints.

Where new potential risks or changes in risk levels are identified, the risks and

management measures will be reviewed, and the CEMP will be updated

accordingly. Any proposed changes to the risk register will be approved by

the APA Project Manager, with any proposed change subject to regulatory

approval.

In addition to the risk assessment process, task-based risk assessments (e.g. Job

Safety and Environment Assessments) will be undertaken during the project to

identify and control work place hazards.

5.3 Organisational structure and responsibility

APA has overall responsibility for the implementation of this CEMP as the

relevant licensee under the Pipelines Act and is responsible for

communication with its construction contractors.

The Project Manager is accountable for implementing the CEMP,

coordinating all activities relating to the CEMP and providing adequate

resources to meeting the required performance objectives (refer to Section 6).

The responsibilities of key APA and construction contractor personnel in

relation to this CEMP are identified in Table 5-A for reference.

Page 32: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

26

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Table 5-A: Project responsibilities

Organisation Position General responsibilities Specific CEMP responsibilities

APA Project

Manager

Reports directly to APA

senior management.

Responsible for project

management of the

pipeline construction

project.

Responsible for overall

implementation of this

CEMP.

Reports to APA senior

management on

environmental matters and

compliance with the CEMP.

Ensures appropriate APA and

contractor resources are

allocated to implement the

HSE Management System.

Ensures project approvals are

in place and compliance

with relevant legislation.

Notification to regulatory

authorities of reportable

environmental incidents.

Ensures assurance systems are

developed and

implemented.

Construction

Manager

Field based personnel

responsible for

inspecting and checking

construction activities for

compliance with

construction contracts

and project objectives.

Monitors and reports to the

APA Project Manager on

environmental matters.

Coordinates the

environmental inspection and

monitoring program.

Assesses contractor and APA

compliance with CEMP

procedures on an ongoing

basis.

Orders ‘stop work’ for any

non-conformances with the

CEMP and reports incidents

to APA Project Manager.

Issues APA Permits to Work for

ground-breaking activities.

Page 33: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

27

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Organisation Position General responsibilities Specific CEMP responsibilities

HSE Advisor Provides specialist

advice to the

Construction Manager

on HSE matters on a day

to day basis.

Arranges HSE induction

training.

Ensures personnel hold

relevant experience and

training.

Reviews contractor

environmental

documentation and

manages compliance with

these systems.

Access and

Approvals

Lead

Liaison with external

stakeholders and

providing access to

land.

Public relations

management with

regard to incidents.

Ensure compliance with

commitments to landowners

and occupiers, investigate

complaints and settle

compensation issues.

Public engagement and

address

concerns/complaints.

Obtaining completion of

works releases from impacted

landowners and occupiers.

Transfer of the project to APA

Operations and data

handover to allow for annual

reporting of APA

performance.

Environment

Advisor

Provide expert guidance

and monitoring of

environmental

performance in

accordance with CEMP

to APA’s Project

Manager.

Annual reporting of

performance of APA in

maintaining the safety

and integrity of the

pipeline.

Ensure consistency of CEMP

processes with APA’s HSE

Management System.

Undertake audits to ensure

compliance to CEMP and

assist the Independent

Environmental Auditor.

Issue non-conformance

requests on environmental

issues identified during field

audits.

Page 34: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

28

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Organisation Position General responsibilities Specific CEMP responsibilities

Independent

Environmental

Auditor (IEA)

Independent review and

verification of works

Review of contractor’s CEMP

for compliance with statutory

approvals.

Conduct audits of

contractors’ construction

works and operations for

compliance with CEMP.

Prepare audit reports for APA,

and recommend corrective

and preventive actions as

required.

Contractor Project

Manager

Reports to the APA

Project Manager.

Responsible for

managing the

requirements of this

CEMP.

Reports to APA Project

Manager on environmental

matters and compliance with

the CEMP.

Ensures appropriate

contractor resources are

allocated to implement the

HSE Management System.

Orders ‘stop work’ for any

non-conformances with the

CEMP and reports incidents

to APA Project Manager.

Monitors and reports on

environmental discharges to

APA Project Manager.

Assesses contractor and APA

compliance with CEMP

procedures on an ongoing

basis.

Page 35: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

29

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Organisation Position General responsibilities Specific CEMP responsibilities

Site Supervisor Reports to the

Contractor’s Project

Manager

Responsible for

implementing the

requirements of this

CEMP.

Reports to Contractor’s

Project Manager on

environmental matters and

compliance with the CEMP.

Ensures project permits are in

place prior to works and

compliance with CEMP for

task being performed.

Orders ‘stop work’ for any

non-conformances with the

CEMP and reports incidents

to the Contractor’s Project

Manager.

Ensures environmental

induction and training

program is implemented for

all construction personnel.

Ensures affected parties are

notified of noise, dust and

traffic issues or other matters

relating to their interest.

Monitors and reports

environmental discharges to

Contractor’s Project

Manager.

Page 36: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

30

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

6 Performance objectives and standards

The Project performance objectives and standards are outlined in Attachment

J and have been developed to address the Project risks in Attachment I. Each

risk and performance standard are assigned a code so that the related risks

and performance standards can be cross referenced.

6.1 Contingency plans

Emergency management requirements are outlined in Section 7.8 of the

CEMP. The following other contingency plans are included in this CEMP:

Spills plans (Attachment F)

Unexpected heritage finds (Attachment E)

Acid Sulfate Soils Management Protocol (Attachment K)

These plans are subject to regulatory approval and will form part of the

inductions and training of all personnel (refer to Section 7.1), with specific

awareness training to be undertaken for personnel responsible for the tasks

that relate to the implementation of the plans.

The contingency planning will be consistent with the incident reporting

notification requirements of the CEMP (refer to Section 7.5).

Page 37: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

31

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

7 Assurance

7.1 Training

All project personnel, sub-contractors, consultants and visitors will receive

inductions into the HSE Management System and key environmental

obligations prior to commencing on site. The HSE/project induction will include:

APA’s HSE Management System, Safeguard

Specific requirements of this CEMP.

All project personnel will have appropriate training and experience necessary

for their roles and responsibilities and an awareness of their environmental

duties and obligations.

Specific awareness training (or toolbox talks) in the implementation of the

contingency plans (refer to Section 6.1) will be undertaken for those personnel

responsible for tasks where the contingency plans may be required to be

implemented.

Job specific environmental training will be undertaken and be current prior to

the mobilisation of personnel and equipment to the Site. Records of the

project personnel’s experience, qualifications and training will be kept in line

with the requirements of Section 7.9.

7.2 Audit Program

An APA Environment Advisor will assess the conformance of the activities with

the requirements of this CEMP. The timing of the audits will be coordinated with

the APA Project Manager to maximise the coverage of the activities occurring

on-site during the audits.

The audits will evaluate performance on the basis of environmental

management records and direct observation of activities, as relevant. The

findings of each audit will inform any requirement to review the CEMP.

A corrective action plan will be prepared to address the audit findings and

any non-conformances identified within the audit report. Any non-

conformances will then be addressed in line with the corrective action plan.

APA will appoint an independent environmental auditor to the satisfaction of

the regulator.

Page 38: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

32

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Prior to commencement of work, the independent environmental auditor will

assess the contractor’s management plans for adequacy in compliance with

statutory approvals.

The independent environmental auditor will also conduct audits of

contractors’ construction works and operations to assess:

• compliance with this CEMP

• compliance with statutory approvals conditions issued for the Project

• conformance with any other relevant environmental management

documentation

• responses to non-conformances, complaints and incidents; and

• implementation of monitoring programs.

Conformance and compliance would be assessed through a range of

inspections, observations of Project works, consultations with APA, operators

and contractors, reviews of records and meeting minutes as agreed between

APA and the auditor.

Each audit report must include recommendations for corrective and

preventative actions, if required.” This ensures consistency with section 5.3.

Audits would be conducted within three months of the commencement of

construction, and at 6 monthly interval thereafter to the end of construction,

or as directed by the Pipeline Regulator.

Summary audit reports will be publicly available 30 days after completion.

7.3 Performance Monitoring

Monitoring of the work areas will be undertaken to demonstrate compliance

with this CEMP and relevant statutory requirements. Specific monitoring

requirements for relevant environmental aspects and construction activities

are outlined in Section 6.

At a minimum, daily inspections of the works within the construction areas will

be undertaken and include monitoring for:

Site access compliance (e.g. works contained within Site boundaries and

compliance with any landowner agreements)

Adherence to work permits

Page 39: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

33

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Soil management and stockpiling

Sediment control

Dust and noise control

Waste management.

The daily inspection reports will be recorded and the results of the inspections

will include any corrective actions required as a result of the inspections (refer

to Section 7.7). The daily inspection reports will be finalised and distributed to

relevant project personnel for the previous day by 6pm the following day.

Page 40: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

34

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

7.4 Regulatory Reporting

In order to inform DELWP, as the regulatory authority for environmental

compliance under the Pipelines Act, with the conformance with the

requirements of the CEMP and progress against the proposed schedule for the

development of the Project, APA will report to DELWP in line with the reporting

schedule identified in Table 7-A.

Table 7-A: Regulatory reporting requirements

Stage Report Timing

Pre-mobilisation

requirements

Email of information requirements as

required by the CEMP.

As specified for each

requirement.

Notification of

mobilisation to

the Site

Email confirmation of the planned date of

mobilisation to Site.

10 business days prior to

the event (3 business

days of the event within

this period if change to

date following

notification).

Weekly

construction

status

Email report of the status of construction,

including (but not limited to) the following:

1. Summary of key activities

undertaken in the reporting period

(including photos as relevant);

2. Work status against planned

schedule, work completed and

planned for the coming week (next

7 day period);

3. Summary of all environmental

incidents, complaints and non-

conformances identified in the

performance monitoring; and

4. Results of any audits and/or status of

implementation of corrective

actions identified in any corrective

action plan.

Weekly (Sunday to

Sunday) during the

construction period

and to be provided

within 2 days of the end

of the reporting period.

Note: The construction

period is defined as all

activities from

commencement of

construction

mobilisation to site to

the completion of

construction and site

demobilisation.

Completion of

Reinstatement

Email confirmation of the date which

reinstatement activities are concluded and

the period from which the defect liability

period applies with an associated report of

activities completed.

Within 5 business days

of the event.

Page 41: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

35

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Stage Report Timing

Defect

Monitoring

Email report on the status of any residual

environmental issues identified during the

defect liability period and actions taken to

rectify the defects.

Once within six (6)

months of the

completion of

reinstatement.

End of Defect

Liability Period

A final report confirming completion of the

project’s construction reinstatement and

rehabilitation requirements is required prior

to the return of the bond lodged under the

Pipelines Act 2005.

Email confirmation of the end of the defect

liability period and that residual

environmental issues (if applicable) are to be

addressed through the APA Operational

Environmental Management Plan ().

Within 5 business days

of the event.

Annual

Compliance

Report

Annual Compliance Report as required by

the Pipeline Licence (Reference XX)

Within 3 months of 30

June for each year.

Independent

Audits

Summary audit reports to be publicly

available

30 days after

completion of audit

Regulatory reporting identified in Table 7-A is to be emailed to:

[email protected]

7.5 Incident Reporting Notification

In accordance with regulation 20(1) of the Pipelines Regulations, APA will

notify the Minister (or delegate) and Energy Safe Victoria (as per sub

regulation 2) in writing of all reportable environmental incidents no later than

2 hours after the incident occurs or 2 hours after APA becomes aware of the

incident. In addition, a summary of all environmental incidents will be reported

in the weekly construction status report outlined in Table 7.1

Incident reporting will conform with the process and incident reporting

requirements identified in APA’s Incident Reporting Procedure (APA HSE GP

07.01).

Reportable incidents can include (but are not limited to) the following:

Any spill to a watercourse, including drains as defined under the Water Act

1989;

Page 42: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

36

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Loss of hydrocarbons or chemicals greater than 20L in volume to land;

Spills or releases, including soil movement, which has moved offsite and has

a negative impact;

Death or injury of livestock, wildlife or fauna of any kind caused by the

construction activities (excluding off-site incidents);

Interference with any previously undetected sites of cultural significance

without obtaining the appropriate approval;

Transfer of known noxious weeds as a result of pipeline construction

activities;

Fires;

Frac-outs (outside of the identified tolerance levels);

Loss of any radioactive equipment, source or material;

Damage to property outside the Site;

Unresolved landowner issues whereby agreement on the solution plan

cannot be reached; and

Any other environmental hazard, meaning a state of danger to human

beings or the environment whether imminent or otherwise resulting from

the location, storage or handling of any substance having toxic, corrosive,

flammable, explosive, infectious or otherwise dangerous characteristics.

Notification will be made to either [email protected] or

incident reporting phone number (0439 799 598). A template for notifying

reportable incidents is at Attachment C. Where verbal notification is provided,

the level of information must be consistent with this reporting template.

All reportable incidents will be investigated in line with APA’s Incident

Investigation and Analysis Procedure (APA HSE GP 07.02).

Following an incident notification and investigation, a written report will be

submitted to the Minister (or delegate) as soon as practicable (but no later

than 7 days after the incident) and include the following information:

The date, time and place of the incident;

A description of the incident;

Page 43: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

37

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Any known or suspected cause of the incident;

Details of any corrective action that has been taken, or is proposed to be

taken to prevent a similar incident.

A current listing of key project contacts, regulatory agencies and emergency

services details will be kept in a prominent location in the site office for

reporting of incidents and emergency situations.

7.6 Complaints procedure

In the event of a complaint regarding noise, waste, air emission or general

pipeline operation issues, the APA Project Manager will ensure the matter is

recorded in a complaints register and will undertake further investigation in

line with the complaint management process. The complaint management

process is at Attachment D.

APA will notify, if necessary, the EPA and other relevant authorities in

accordance with statutory requirements.

7.7 Corrective actions

Where corrective or preventative action is required based on monitoring,

incident reports/investigations or work site inspections, these actions will be

documented in a corrective actions register.

The APA Project Manager will issue a request for corrective action to the

Construction Contractor Project Manager who will action the request as

appropriate and provide updates on progress in addressing the issue at

contractor meetings or as requested by the APA Project Manager in order to

meet relevant reporting requirements (refer to Section 7.4).

Page 44: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

38

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

7.8 Emergency response procedure

Appropriate risk management and the prevention of emergency situations is

fundamental to all project activities and the implementation of the project

CEMP is aimed at anticipating, preventing and mitigating risks associated with

this project. Part of the risk management strategy is also to ensure that in the

event of an emergency situation plans have been developed so that pre-

planned response, notification and recovery activities can be initiated.

APA’s Emergency Management Manual (EME020) establishes the structure of

emergency teams, the communication processes and the resources, which

may be required for managing the emergency. The Emergency Manual

comprises the following:

General responsibilities;

Incident management and notification structure;

Event classification and notification; and

Resources and training requirements.

The Project Construction Safety Management Plan (18027-PL-HSE-001) is a

project-specific emergency response plan. The objectives of the emergency

response plan are to:

Decrease the level of risk to life, property and the environment;

Describe how an emergency response is initiated and how the emergency

teams are activated;

Specify command, control and communication arrangements between

APA, contractors, external response agencies and statutory authorities;

Identify the roles and responsibilities of all personnel likely to be at the

location of the emergency or involved in the response;

Identify emergency response equipment required;

Identify training requirements for response personnel; and

Provide the basis for training of all people who could be involved in an

emergency.

It also identifies how the emergency response arrangements in the

emergency response plan are tested.

Page 45: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

39

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

7.9 Records

A copy of this CEMP and any relevant approvals/permits obtained for the

Project will be kept at the site office for the duration of the works program,

through to the end of the defect’s liability period.

Specific records relating to compliance with the CEMP, emissions and waste

discharges will be maintained and will include as a minimum (where they

occur):

Records of the systems and processes to implement the CEMP will be

maintained in accordance with Section 49(a) of the Pipelines Regulations;

Daily inspection records of performance monitoring, records of fauna

relocations, reportable incident notifications, non-reportable incidents and

relevant regulatory reporting;

Complaints and corrective action registers;

Records of meetings and interaction with external parties (e.g. regulatory

authorities and owners/occupiers of land);

Implementation of the emergency response procedures and compliance

with the plan;

EPA waste transport certification for the transport of contaminated soil,

solid wastes, spent absorbent materials, oils and lubricants and sullage;

Landfill / receiving facility disposal acceptance approvals;

Letter / Certification of imported sands and crushed rock from approved

natural source;

Agreements entered into with landowners/occupiers;

Register and copies of all safety data sheets; and

Register of spill containment kits.

In maintaining records of compliance with the CEMP, information is to be kept

digitally and data is to be recorded spatially where relevant. All relevant

documentation demonstrating compliance with the CEMP is to be provided

to the APA Operations and Environment Teams at the conclusion of the works,

at the conclusion of the defect liability period.

Page 46: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

40

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

8 References

Aecom 2020, Environmental Risk Report – Gas Import Jetty and Pipeline Project

EES Attachment III

APA 2020, Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project - Consultation Plan, reference

18027-PL-A-0001

APA 2020, Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project - Construction Safety

Management Plan, reference 18027-PL-HS-0001

APA 2018, Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project - Design Basis Manual,

reference 18027-DBM-A-0001

APA 2018, Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project - Project Management Plan,

reference 18027-PL-A-0002

APA HSE Document Control, reference APA HSE GP 03.02

APA Incident Reporting Procedure, reference APA HSE GP 07.01

APA Incident Investigation and Analysis Procedure, Reference APA HSE GP

07.02

APA Information and Records Management Policy, reference APA HSE GP

03.03

APA Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure),

reference APA HSE EP 13.01.03

APA Workplace Risk Assessment and Control Tool, reference APA HSE GP 06.01

T01

APA Safeguard Audit and Self-Assessment Procedure, Reference APA HSE GP

15.01

APA Emergency Management Manual, reference EME020

Biosis 2019, Historic Heritage Impact Assessment

Biosis 2020, Terrestrial and Freshwater Biodiversity Existing Conditions Impact

Assessment, reference

EPA 2009, IWRG 631 Solid Industrial Waste Hazard Categorisation and

Management

Page 47: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

41

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

9 Attachments

Page 48: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

42

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

A Pipelines Regulations Part 7 Requirements

Section Reference to this CEMP

44. The Environment Management Plan must—

(a) describe the pipeline operation, including

details and timing of activities involved in the

construction and ongoing operation of the

pipeline; and

Section 2

(b) describe the existing environment that may

be affected by the pipeline operation; and

Section 3

(c) identify the particular relevant values and

sensitivities (if any) of that environment.

Section 3 and the

Environmental Line List in

Attachment G

45. The Environment Management Plan must—

(a) identify the risks to the environment arising

directly or indirectly from the pipeline operation;

and

Refer to Risk Register

(Document Reference)

in Attachment I

(b) assess the environmental risks identified under

paragraph (a).

Refer to Risk Register

(Document Reference)

in Attachment I

46. The Environment Management Plan must

contain—

(a) environmental performance objectives and

standards, against which the performance by

the licensee to eliminate or minimise the risks

identified in accordance with regulation 45 so far

as reasonably practicable are to be measured,

that address—

Attachment J

Page 49: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

43

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Section Reference to this CEMP

(i) the environmental legislative requirements

that apply to carrying out the pipeline operation;

and

Section 4

(ii) any other environmental requirements that

the licensee intends to comply with in carrying

out the pipeline operation; and

Section 6

(b) a list of the environmental legislative

requirements and any other non-legislative

requirements referred to in paragraph (a); and

Section 4

(c) a statement of the licensee's environmental

policy.

Attachment B

47. The Environment Management Plan must

contain a report on all consultation carried out

between the licensee and all relevant entities in

the course of developing the Environment

Management Plan.

Refer to Environmental

Risk Assessment (I)

48. (1) The Environment Management Plan must

contain an implementation strategy for the

pipeline operation.

Section 5.1

(2) The implementation strategy must specify the

systems, practices and procedures to be used to

ensure that—

(a) any environmental risks identified in

accordance with regulation 45(a) are

eliminated or minimised so far as reasonably

practicable; and

Refer to Risk Register

(Document Reference)

in Attachment I

Page 50: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

44

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Section Reference to this CEMP

(b) the environmental performance objectives

and standards specified in accordance with

regulation 46(a) are met.

Refer to Risk Register

(Document Reference)

in Attachment I

(3) The implementation strategy must include

measures to enable assessment of the

effectiveness of the systems, practices and

procedures in subregulation (2).

Section 7

(4) The implementation strategy must provide

for—

(a) monitoring, auditing and management of

compliance with the requirements of

subregulation (2); and

Sections 7.3 and 7.7

(b) assessment by the licensee of the licensee's

performance in relation to compliance with the

requirements of subregulation (2); and

Section 7.3

(c) the keeping of quantitative records of

emissions and discharges of substances from the

pipeline.

Section 7.9

(5) The implementation strategy must provide for

the establishment and maintenance of an

emergency response plan that—

(a) identifies all potential emergency situations

that may arise in relation to the pipeline

operation; and

Section 7.8

(b) identifies and assesses the environmental risks

arising from the potential emergency situations

identified in paragraph (a); and

Section 7.8

Page 51: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

45

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Section Reference to this CEMP

(c) includes response arrangements for

minimising any harm to the environment arising

from potential emergency situations identified in

paragraph (a).

Section 7.8

(6) The implementation strategy must include

procedures to ensure that the response

arrangements in the emergency response plan

are tested—

(a) when the response arrangements are

introduced; and

Section 7.8

(b) when the response arrangements are

significantly amended; and

Section 7.8

(c) not later than 12 months after the most recent

test.

Section 7.8

(7) The implementation strategy must include

arrangements for consultation by the licensee

with all relevant entities in relation to the pipeline

operation and the licensee's performance in

protecting the environment, during the life of the

pipeline operation.

Section 7.4

(8) The implementation strategy must establish a

clear chain of command, setting out the roles

and responsibilities of personnel in relation to the

implementation, management and review of

the Environment Management Plan.

Section 5.3

49. The Environment Management Plan must

contain details of arrangements to record and

keep—

Page 52: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

46

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Section Reference to this CEMP

(a) information about the systems, practices and

procedures that the licensee has adopted to

meet the obligations in the Environment

Management Plan; and

Section 7.9

(b) information about the licensee's

performance in relation to compliance with

regulation 11(1)(b); and

Sections 5.3 and 7.9

(c) details of all reportable and non-reportable

environmental incidents, including emergency

situations; and

Sections 7.5 and 7.9

(d) details of the emergency response testing

undertaken in accordance with the

requirements of regulation 48(6); and

Sections 7.8 and 7.9

(e) in the case of any emergency situation,

information on the effectiveness of the

emergency response plan in eliminating or

minimising as far as reasonably practicable any

harm to the environment.

Sections 7.8 and 7.9

50. For the purposes of reporting to the Minister

under regulation 11(1)(b), the Environment

Management Plan must contain details of

arrangements for reporting on the licensee's

performance in protecting the environment from

the pipeline operation.

Sections 5.3 and 7.9

Page 53: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

47

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

B APA HSE Policy

Page 54: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

48

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

C Reportable incident notification template

Environmental incident – reportable and non-reportable incident

Date of incident:

Time of incident:

Incident location (address,

location within Site

boundary):

Reporting person (name,

position, company):

Site supervisor (name,

position, company)

Brief description of incident:

Reason for externally

reportable:

External party involvement:

Immediate actions taken

(including notification of

police/emergency services):

Known/suspected cause

(immediate contributing

factors):

Page 55: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

49

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

D Complaint management process

Notes

Complaint management objectives:

1. Resolve complaints in a timely fashion: APA will endeavour to

acknowledge a complaint within 24 hours of receiving it and

provide a timeframe for the follow-up and close-out of any

investigation.

Complaint

received by APA

Complaint

acknowledged

and accepted

Recorded in

Complaint

Database

Investigation

of complaint:

Action

required?

Yes No

Advise

complainant of

outcome

Does activity

conform to

CEMP /

legislative

requirements?

No Yes

No further action:

continue activity Suspend activity.

Review and modify

activity to ensure

compliance.

Recommence

activity. Monitor to

confirm

conformance.

Advise

complainant of

outcome

1

2

Page 56: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

50

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

2. Investigate complaints, where we are unable to resolve

immediately. APA will also keep the complainant up to date

with the complaint’s resolution progress.

3. Apply any required learnings: to reduce the likelihood of similar

situations arising again as the Project progresses.

Complaint investigations, including the investigation

timeframes, are to conform to APA’s Incident Investigation

and Analysis Procedure (APA HSE GP 07.02). Monitoring to be

undertaken as relevant in accordance with source of

nuisance/complaint. This system will be consistent with Australian

Standard AS/NZS 10002: 2014 Guidelines for Complaint Management

in Organisations.

When feedback or a complaint is made, the matter will be

investigated and details will be recorded on APA’s stakeholder

management database. Complaints are recorded in accordance

with APA’s Privacy Policy.

Complaint records will be kept recording the following information:

o name of persons receiving complaint;

o name of person making the complaint;

o date and time of complaint;

o nature of the complaint;

o actions taken to rectify;

o actions to minimise risk of reoccurrence;

o name of person(s) responsible for undertaking the

required actions; and

o communication of response to the complaint.

Details on the performance of the complaint management process

will be reported in accordance with CEMP compliance reporting

requirements.

Reporting will include the number of complaints received within the

reporting period, how many were closed out and broad themes for

the complaint categories (for example, noise, environment, traffic).

Page 57: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

51

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

E Unexpected discoveries of historical

archaeological sites

E.1. Introduction

This section describes contingency plans for the unexpected discovery of

historical archaeological sites during the activity.

All historical archaeological sites in Victoria older than 75 years are protected

by the Heritage Act 2017, whether they are recorded on the Victorian

Heritage Inventory or not. It is an offence to knowingly or negligently deface,

damage, or otherwise interfere with an archaeological site without obtaining

the appropriate consent from the Executive Director of Heritage Victoria.

Under Section 127 of the Heritage Act 2017, if an archaeological site is

discovered during construction or excavation on any land, the person in

charge of the construction or excavation must as soon as practicable report

the discovery to Heritage Victoria.

E.2. Unexpected Discovery of Historical Archaeological Sites

If an archaeological site is discovered found during the activity, the following

steps must be applied:

Stop

The person who identified the find will immediately notify the person in

charge of the activity;

The person in charge of the activity must then:

i. suspend any relevant works at the location of the discovery

and to a distance of 10 m around the location of the place or

object; and

ii. isolate the find via the creation of a temporary exclusion zone;

The material is to be left in place;

Advise

All site personnel must be made aware of the exclusion zone;

The site supervisor is to notify the APA Project Manager or delegate.

Page 58: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

52

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

The APA Project Manager, or delegate, is to notify the Heritage Advisor

and Heritage Victoria within two business days of the discovery. The

Heritage Advisor must advice Heritage Victoria where the discovery was

made and provide a description or photograph of the discovery;

Manage

Works may continue outside of the 10 m exclusion zone. However, if further

historical archaeological material is identified, these works must also be

suspended, and additional exclusion zones created as described above;

Heritage Victoria, in consultation with the Heritage Advisor and project

representatives will determine the appropriate course of action. This may

include, but is not limited to, in situ protection, recovery or removal of the

find.

E.3. Cultural Heritage Policy

The Cultural Heritage Policy is provided below and can be found in section

26.1.6 of the SMP.

Page 59: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

53

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Page 60: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

54

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

F Contingency Plan – Chemical /Fuel Spill

Response

F.1 Purpose

The purpose of this document is to describe the process and considerations

that apply to all project activities prior to, and in the event that a chemical

spill occurs.

F.2 Scope

This plan is applicable to all project activities, prior to, and in the event that a

chemical spill occurs.

This plan does not address the following:

• Occupational Health and Safety;

• Chemical storage, handling or transport;

• Contaminated land management;

• Management of regulated waste;

• Emergency Response Management.

F.3 Objectives

The following objectives apply to Chemical Spill Management:

1. No residual contamination from chemical/s spills;

2. Chemical spill events are reported immediately;

3. There have been zero material regulatory breaches associated with

chemical spill events.

F.4 Background

A ‘chemical’ is a general term for a range of substances which are classified

according to the type or magnitude of hazard they present. This includes, but

is not limited to: ‘dangerous goods’, ‘combustible liquids’, and ‘hazardous

materials’. Collectively, these are chemicals which, because of their

chemical, physical or biological properties, can cause harm to people,

property or the environment.

Page 61: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

55

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Chemicals present a hazard to the environment because environmental harm

occurs or may occur when chemicals become uncontained (a chemical

spill). The type of environmental harm varies by sphere (land, air, water),

spatial scale (local to regional) and temporal scale (short, medium and long

timeframes).

Because of the immediate and/or cumulative impacts to the environment

and community that result from chemical spills, actions to be taken and the

notification processes in the event of a spill are regulated in Australia under

federal, state and local law. APA Group aims to comply with the laws which

govern chemicals, to mitigate spill events and to manage chemical spills in a

timely and responsible manner to avoid causing environmental harm.

This plan is limited to managing environmental aspects and impacts of

chemical spills.

Emergency response processes are outlined in the Project Health and Safety

Management Plan.

F.5 Requirements

An Environmental Incident is when environmental harm occurs because of a

breach of one, or a combination of, three environmental management

parameters:

1. Environmental Law and/or Regulation (including license/approval

conditions);

2. Environmental harm to a technical environmental area (e.g. physical

biological harm, loss of public amenity);

3. Failure of an environmental risk management method.

F.5.1. Chemical Spill Incident Reporting

All chemical spills shall be reported as an Incident or Near Miss as per CEMP

Section 7.5 - Incident Reporting.

F.5.2. Planning – Spill Response

Chemical spill potential, response and management shall be factored into

risk assessment processes.

Page 62: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

56

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Spill response equipment appropriate for the chemical shall be in place

wherever chemical(s) are stored or used (including site/remote location

activities). This may include:

o Spill kits;

o Appropriate waste recovery and disposal arrangements.

An inventory of spill response kits, their capacity, contents and location

should be prepared and maintained for the project.

Inspections of spill response equipment shall be factored into routine

inspections and replaced as per the manufacturers’ specifications.

Spill response equipment should be replaced as soon as practicable after

an incident or as needed.

Chemical management and emergency spill response shall be included

in activity inductions or equivalent.

F.5.3. Spill Response – Principles

All chemical spills, no matter how small, shall be reported as an incident or

near miss.

All spills, regardless of size will be responded to as a priority.

Chemical spill response methods shall be implemented.

Chemical spill clean-up shall be completed and remediated as required.

F.5.4. Spill Response – Environmental Priorities

The environmental spill response priorities are:

1. Protection of sensitive environmental receptors (e.g. water

courses, sensitive flora/ fauna).

2. Protection of soils and groundwater.

3. Protection of heritage, secondary environmental receptors and

third party assets.

4. Clean-up and removal of chemical/s and waste.

Page 63: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

57

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

5. Remediation of the natural environment to, or as close to, pre-

spill condition as reasonably practicable.

F.5.5. Minor Spill – Response Procedure

A minor spill is defined as an incident/near miss of low or minor risk

potential/environmental harm.

Characteristics of a minor spill incident include:

o Inside the activity area;

o To the natural environment;

o Minor Environmental Harm is caused;

o Chemical spill is easily contained, clean-up may be required (i.e.

hand removal of contaminated material).

o Does not trigger an emergency response as per the relevant

business unit Emergency Response Plan

In the event of a minor spill, the following steps should be carried out in

conjunction with the relevant safety processes:

1. If safe to do so, the source of the spill should be isolated or

stopped;

2. Contain spill – to reduce the area of impact and prevent flow to

other areas; environmentally sensitive areas shall be protected

as a priority (if uncertainty exists, consult with an Environment

Advisor or delegate);

3. Identify any environmental protection features (e.g.

environmentally sensitive areas);

4. Identify the chemical; consult the relevant safety data sheet

(SDS) for guidance on ‘accidental release measures’ or

equivalent;

5. Collect the chemical and any/all contaminated material where

practical (consistent with the as low as reasonably practical

ALARP principle);

Page 64: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

58

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

6. Notification of spill incident/near miss to relevant supervisor.

i. The Construction Supervisor shall raise an incident/near

miss as per CEMP 7.5 Incident Reporting;

ii. If required, an Environment Advisor or delegate shall be

notified;

iii. If required, the Construction Supervisor shall complete

incident reporting notifications as required in CEMP

Section 7.5 Incident Reporting Notification.

7. Dispose of collected material as per APA HSE EP 13.05.01

Regulated Waste Management. Seek support from an

Environment Advisor or delegate;

8. Any disposable equipment (i.e. spill kits contents) shall be

replaced.

F.5.6. Major Spill and Watercourse Spill – Response Procedure

A major spill is defined as an incident/near miss of high or serious risk

potential/environmental harm.

Characteristics of a major spill include:

To the natural environment – may include watercourses;

Serious Environmental Harm is caused (immediate or long term);

Chemical spill is difficult or impossible to contain. Major clean-up is required

and complete clean-up is difficult or impossible (i.e. mechanical

excavation and significant disposal arrangements to remove

contaminated material).

May trigger an emergency response as per the Emergency Response Plan.

Requires an investigation and notification of a regulator body; and/or

constitutes a breach of a license, operating condition or equivalent.

A watercourse spill is when chemicals enter a permanent, semi-permanent or

temporary body of water such as a river, stream, dam, ocean or lake.

(Watercourse spills are high risk because of the sensitivity of watercourses, and

the difficulty of containment and clean-up of a watercourse spill).

Page 65: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

59

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

In the event of a major or watercourse spill, the following steps should be

carried out in line with the relevant Emergency Response Plan and safety

processes:

1. If required, trigger the relevant Emergency Response Plan;

2. Immediately notify the relevant Construction Supervisor and

Environmental Advisor;

3. If safe to do so, isolate or stop the source of the spill;

i. Contain spill – Environmental Advisor shall provide guidance on

the appropriate method to reduce the area of impact and

prevent flow to other areas in consideration of the

environmental sensitivities of the location; environmentally

sensitive areas shall be protected as a priority;

ii. The Construction Supervisor shall raise an incident report and

complete incident reporting notifications as required in CEMP

Section 7.5 Incident Reporting Notification.

4. An investigation shall be initiated (in conjunction with the relevant

government authority if required).

5. Identify the chemical; consult the relevant SDS for guidance on

‘accidental release measures’ or equivalent;

i. Environment Advisor shall provide guidance on the appropriate

method and of collection of the chemical and all contaminated

material (in consideration of the environmental sensitivities of the

location and consistent with the ALARP principle);

ii. Dispose of collected material as per direction of Environment

Advisor and EPA regulated waste management guidelines;

iii. Any used equipment (i.e. spill kits contents) shall be disposed of

and replaced;

iv. If required, develop a Remediation Management Plan or

equivalent (see Section 5.11)

Page 66: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

60

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

F.5.7. Containment Techniques

The following containment techniques should be used in the event of a

chemical spill to minimise contamination:

Spill kits;

Bunding;

Graded or sloping surfaces;

Drainage to a holding pit, tank or sump;

Trenches or spoon drains;

Drip trays for small packages;

Booms, sand bags and other devices or absorbent materials;

Leak repair kits and other materials for temporary plugging.

F.5.8. Collection Techniques

The following collection techniques may be used in the event of a chemical

spill to remove the chemical and any contaminated material:

Brooms, dustpans and shovels;

Excavators and earth moving equipment;

Absorbent pillows or booms;

Heavy duty plastic bags or plastic drums;

Designated containment bins;

Water skimmers;

Mobilisation of drilling mud with water and removal with vacuum truck.

One, or a combination, of the following techniques should be implemented

to collect/dispose of contaminated material resulting from a chemical spill:

On-site treatment so that the chemical is either destroyed or the

associated hazard is reduced to ALARP;

Page 67: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

61

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

Off-site treatment so that the chemical is either destroyed or the

associated hazard is reduced to ALARP;

Removal of chemical contaminated soil and other contaminated material

to an approved site or facility and replacement with clean fill (as required);

Isolation of the chemical contamination on-site in an appropriately

designed and managed containment facility.

F.5.9. Notification and Reporting Requirements

All chemical spills shall be reported as an Incident or Near Miss as per CEMP

section 7.5

An Environment Advisor or delegate shall notify the relevant regulatory

authority as required.

F.5.10. Disposal Requirements

Prior to, and during, disposal of chemical/s or regulated wastes the CEMP

requirements for chemical management shall be applied.

Regulated waste shall be disposed of in accordance with EPA regulated

waste management guidelines.

F.5.11. Remediation Requirements

Land which has been contaminated as a result of a chemical spill may

require remediation as per legal or permit/approval conditions. Consult

with an Environment Advisor or delegate.

If required a Remediation Management Plan should be developed.

Page 68: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

62

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

F.6 Responsibilities

Table 9-A Responsibilities

Aspect Responsibility

Chemical spill impact identification, risk assessment,

planning, procurement and record keeping

Site Supervisor and/or Construction Manager

and/or Project Manager

Implementation of chemical spill management

measures, compliance with approvals, permits and

laws

Site Supervisor and/or Construction Manager

and/or Project Manager

Chemical management and spill awareness and

training

Site Supervisor and/or Construction Manager

and/or Project Manager and/or HSE Advisor

Integration of this procedure with health, safety

and operational management procedures

HSE Advisor

Notification of chemical spill matters to relevant

authority/ies

Construction Manager and/or Project Manager

and/or Environment Advisor

Compliance with this procedure All APA Group staff and contractors

F.7 Record Keeping

Records shall be retained and disposed of in accordance with APA’s

Information and Records Management Policy and regulatory requirements.

Page 69: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

63

Construction Environment Management Plan

Crib Point Pakenham Pipeline Project

G Environmental Line List

The Environmental Line List summarises the environmental features and

sensitivities along the pipeline route. The line list provides the kilometre point

(KP) with the corresponding environmental aspects marked in the matrix. A

reference to the relevant environmental performance standard is listed where

management measures apply to minimise the environmental risk.

Page 70: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

1

Environmental Line List

ID Rev

Ap

pro

x K

P S

tart

*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

1 0 0 0.01 x contaminated

soil

Crib Point

Receiving

Facility

- T11 Contaminated soil will be managed in accordance with the SEPP (Prevention and

Management of Contaminated Land).

c. Construction works during wet weather (i.e. winter and spring e.g. June – September) will be

avoided unless conditions are such that contaminated soils and surface water issues can be

managed.

d. Contaminated soils will be left in situ to the extent possible.

e. Where it is necessary to excavate contaminated soils, they will be stockpiled separately, with

containment and treatment measures appropriate to the type of contamination present.

f. Handling and transport of contaminated spoil for off-site treatment/disposal will be in

accordance with Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009 and

waste management standards set out in this EMP.

EMF

2 0 0 0.03 Infrastructure Existing pipeline

easements

Design

alignment

to overlap

or sit

adjacent

to existing

pipeline

easments

- Minimise additional disturbance by co-locating with existing pipeline easements.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

3 1 0 0.0793551 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

4 0 0.03 0.03 x Infrastructure The Esplanade

Existing pipeline

Horizontal

bore

- Avoid disturbance to The Esplanade

Increase separation to existing pipeline CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

5 0 0.03 x Historic

heritage

BP refinery

administration

building H1016

avoid HH1 Condition surveys and monitoring (former BP refinery administration building H1016)

A condition survey of the Victorian Heritage Register site (Former BP refinery administration

building H1016), will be undertaken prior to commencing, during and following completion of

construction. Any damage deemed to have resulted from the Project will be rectified.

EMF

6 1 0.1656009 0.2117698 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

7 0 0.2 0.6 X x Native

vegetation to

be retained

The Esplanade

Fibre optic cable

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

ROW

width

reduced

to 12m

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

8 1 0.2305673 0.2405308 x contaminated

soil

ContamLocation

- Impacted by

benzo(a)pyrene

T11 Contaminated soil will be managed in accordance with the SEPP (Prevention and

Management of Contaminated Land).

c. Construction works during wet weather (i.e. winter and spring e.g. June – September) will be

avoided unless conditions are such that contaminated soils and surface water issues can be

managed.

d. Contaminated soils will be left in situ to the extent possible.

e. Where it is necessary to excavate contaminated soils, they will be stockpiled separately, with

containment and treatment measures appropriate to the type of contamination present.

f. Handling and transport of contaminated spoil for off-site treatment/disposal will be in

accordance with Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009 and

waste management standards set out in this EMP.

GIS

9 1 0.4713697 0.6349947 X native

vegetation

Damp Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

10 0 0.6 0.65 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

11 0 0.8 1 x Native

vegetation to

be retained

Services

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

12 0 0.9 1.13 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

13 1 0.9090313 1.13 X native

vegetation

Damp Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

Page 71: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

2

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

14 0 1.1889806 1.6875263 x x Threatened

species

habitat

MSO population

Native

vegetation

HDD B11 Merran's Sun-orchid, Pallid Sun-orchid and Gaping Sun-orchid

Known Merran's Sun-orchids, Pallid Sun-orchids and Gaping Sun-orchids will be avoided, with

the population boundaries clearly demarcate within the ROW and activities that may cause

impact excluded to ensure no indirect or accidental impacts.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

15 1 1.6875263 1.8 X native

vegetation

Damp Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

16 0 1.6875263 1.8 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

17 0 1.8 1.9 x x Native

vegetation to

be retained

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

Woolleys Road

Horizontal

bore

B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site. CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

18 0 1.9 2 PMP Lot 85E ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance to Lot 85E

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

19 0 2.0074086 2.0173722 x Threatened

species

habitat

Southern Toadlet

habitat

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B3 The width of the right of way will be reduced

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

20 1 2.0708238 2.2426452 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

21 0 2.93 2.95 Infrastructure Existing pipeline Horizontal

bore

- Crossing of exiting pipeline CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

22 0 3.15 3.97 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

23 1 3.153209 3.97 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

24 0 3.2 3.5 x x Native

vegetation to

be retained

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

Dams

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

25 0 3.8 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

26 0 3.87 3.92 x Reserve Warringine Park ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

27 0 3.87 4.95 x x Threatened

species

habitat

Warringine Park

(excluding

existing pipeline

easements)

- R13 Rehabilitation by assisted natural regeneration will be undertaken on the ROW, except within

four metres of the pipeline EMF

28 1 3.97 4.3 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site. GIS

29 0 3.9899175 4.2816253 x x X Reserve Westernport

Ramsar site

Warringine Park

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

30 1 4.2683706 4.78 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

31 0 4.3 4.78 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

32 0 4.4 4.6 x Reserve Warringine Park ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 72: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

3

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

33 1 4.658313 4.6799219 x Cultural

Heritage

Registered CH

Sites

Reduction

in

dimensions

of extra

workspace

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

34 0 4.68 4.95 x x x Reserve HDD Location 3:

Warringine Park

HDD B2

D9

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

A minimum 10 dB noise reduction will be installed adjacent to the HDD site (northern work site)

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

35 1 4.7067216 4.78 X native

vegetation

Swampy

Riparian

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

36 1 4.78 4.94 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site. GIS

37 0 4.85 x Watercourse Warringine

Creek

HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

38 1 4.902924 4.904919 x Cultural

Heritage

ACHRIS -

Artefact Scatter

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

39 1 4.9333206 5.0057395 X native

vegetation

Grassy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

40 0 4.94 5.1 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

41 0 5 6.03 x x Infrastructure HDD Location 4:

Along the

railway corridor,

southern end of

Hastings

HDD D9 Avoid disruption to Stony Point Rail Line.

A minimum 10 dB noise reduction will be installed adjacent to the HDD site.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

42 1 5.9600486 5.9700358 x contaminated

soil

ContamLocation

- Impacted by

benzo(a)pyrene

T11 Contaminated soil will be managed in accordance with the SEPP (Prevention and

Management of Contaminated Land).

c. Construction works during wet weather (i.e. winter and spring e.g. June – September) will be

avoided unless conditions are such that contaminated soils and surface water issues can be

managed.

d. Contaminated soils will be left in situ to the extent possible.

e. Where it is necessary to excavate contaminated soils, they will be stockpiled separately, with

containment and treatment measures appropriate to the type of contamination present.

f. Handling and transport of contaminated spoil for off-site treatment/disposal will be in

accordance with Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009 and

waste management standards set out in this EMP.

GIS

43 1 6.26689 6.2768735 x contaminated

soil

ContamLocation

- Impacted by

benzo(a)pyrene

T11 Contaminated soil will be managed in accordance with the SEPP (Prevention and

Management of Contaminated Land).

c. Construction works during wet weather (i.e. winter and spring e.g. June – September) will be

avoided unless conditions are such that contaminated soils and surface water issues can be

managed.

d. Contaminated soils will be left in situ to the extent possible.

e. Where it is necessary to excavate contaminated soils, they will be stockpiled separately, with

containment and treatment measures appropriate to the type of contamination present.

f. Handling and transport of contaminated spoil for off-site treatment/disposal will be in

accordance with Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009 and

waste management standards set out in this EMP.

GIS

44 1 6.3457208 6.3798846 X native

vegetation

Grassy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

45 1 6.4104137 6.4189643 X native

vegetation

Grassy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

46 0 6.45 6.85 x x Infrastructure HDD Location 5:

Along the

railway corridor,

northern end of

Hastings

HDD D9 Avoid disruption to Stony Point Rail Line.

A minimum 10 dB noise reduction will be installed adjacent to the HDD site.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

47 0 6.85 6.95 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

Page 73: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

4

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

48 1 6.8589584 6.9856596 X native

vegetation

Tall Marsh B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

49 0 6.95 7.35 X x x x Native

vegetation to

be retained

Kings Creek and

associated

tributary

Stony Point Rail

Line

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

HDD B2

D9

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

A minimum 10 dB noise reduction will be installed adjacent to the HDD site

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

50 1 6.99 7.34 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site. GIS

51 0 7 x Watercourse Kings Creek HDD WC3 All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

52 0 7.2 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

HDD WC3 All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

53 0 7.3 7.9 x contaminated

soil

Potential

contaminated

soil due to

historical and

existing land

uses

- T11 An intrusive investigation will be undertaken in the area between KP7.3 and KP7.9 prior to

commencing pipeline construction, to confirm the presence or absence of contaminated soils.

Should contamination of soil and/or groundwater be encountered, appropriate management

actions will be determined in consultation with suitably qualified personnel. EMF

54 1 7.34 7.4110163 X native

vegetation

Swampy

Riparian

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

55 0 7.34 7.52 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

56 0 7.34 8.3 X x Native

vegetation

Stony Point Rail

Line

Native

vegetation

- R13 Rehabilitation by assisted natural regeneration will be undertaken on the ROW, except within

four metres of the pipeline EMF

57 0 7.34 8.45 X x Native

vegetation to

be retained

Stony Point Rail

Line

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

58 1 7.4123495 7.5204088 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

59 1 7.5201153 8.0336571 X native

vegetation

Grassy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

60 1 8.0341567 8.0557857 X native

vegetation

Grassy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

61 1 8.3008539 8.3192756 X native

vegetation

Grassy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

62 1 8.429254 8.4372277 X native

vegetation

Tall Marsh B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

63 0 8.45 8.55 x Infrastructure Frankston-

Flinders Road

Horizontal

bore

- Avoid disturbance to Frankston-Flinders Road CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

64 1 8.4558479 8.4750163 X native

vegetation

Tall Marsh B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

Page 74: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

5

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

65 0 8.49 8.51 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

66 1 8.4931153 8.5105524 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

67 1 8.5106402 8.5136833 X native

vegetation

Tall Marsh B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

68 0 8.55 9 X x Native

vegetation to

be retained

Stony Point Rail

Line

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

ROW

width

reduced

to 25m

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

69 0 8.79 8.8 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

70 1 8.791058 8.8029986 X native

vegetation

Swampy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

71 0 8.8 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

72 0 9 9.1 X x Native

vegetation to

be retained

Stony Point Rail

Line

Existing pipelines

Scattered trees

and Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

Horizontal

bore

B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

73 1 9.0169037 9.0205076 X native

vegetation

Swampy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

74 1 9.0659572 13.170854 x Cultural

Heritage

Registered CH

Sites

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

75 0 9.31 9.44 Infrastructure Existing pipelines HDD - Cross easement with existing hydrocarbon pipelines. CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

76 1 9.4906303 9.5054438 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

77 1 9.5204489 9.5624624 X native

vegetation

Damp Sands

Herb-rich

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

78 0 9.6 x Watercourse Olivers Creek - WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

79 0 10 10.05 x PMP Existing

vegetation

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance to existing planted mature trees.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

80 0 10.5 10.55 x PMP Existing

vegetation

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance to existing planted mature trees.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

81 0 10.67 10.7 Infrastructure Power

infrastructure

ROW

width

reduced

to 15m

- Avoid tower for HV overhead power line

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

82 0 10.99 11.05 x Historic

heritage

Denham Road

farmhouse VHI

listed site H7921-

0119

Bore and

ROW

reduced

to 9m

HH2

B3

Subject to further detailed geotechnical investigations confirming suitability, trenchless

construction techniques will be used to minimise direct impacts on historic heritage values at

the Denham Road farmhouse (VHI site H7921-0119)

The width of the right of way will be reduced

EMF

83 0 11.3 11.34 x PMP Existing

vegetation

ROW

width

reduced

to 15m

A1 Avoid disturbance to existing planted mature trees.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 75: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

6

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

84 1 11.8131009 11.852816 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

85 1 11.9584045 11.986686 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

86 1 11.9925435 12.002511 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

87 0 12 12 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

88 0 12.14 12.2 x Infrastructure Existing dwelling Bore and

access

track

A1 Avoid disturbance to an existing dwelling and driveway

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

89 0 12.95 13 x PMP Existing

vegetation

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance to existing planted mature trees.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

90 0 13.3 14.4 x PFAS east of the

former Tyabb

landfill

T12 Contaminated groundwater/trench water

a. Contaminated groundwater/trench water will be managed in accordance with:

– SEPP (Waters)

– PFAS National Environmental Management Plan.

b. All Project personnel will be made aware of the presence of contaminated groundwater

containing PFAS east of the former Tyabb landfill

c. Disturbance of saturated soil and groundwater within the PFAS affected area will be

minimised. The management plan will include measures to prevent migration of PFAS into the

surrounding soil or surface water.

d. An intrusive groundwater investigation will be undertaken in the area between KP7.3 and

KP7.9 prior to commencing pipeline construction, to confirm presence or absence of

contaminated groundwater within the area, due to historical and existing land uses.

e. Water from areas that have been identified as contaminated will not be discharged to the

environment (land, waterways, sewer).

f. Contaminated water will either be treated onsite, depending on contaminant encountered

(this may require approval from the EPA Victoria) or disposed offsite to an EPA Victoria licensed

facility. Alternatively, a construction approach may be adopted where contaminated

groundwater is left in-situ (i.e. not abstracted or disturbed).

EMF

91 1 13.3170243 13.398238 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Swamp Scrub

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site GIS

92 0 13.4 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

HDD WC3 All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

93 1 13.596513 13.66061 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Swamp Scrub

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site GIS

94 0 13.6163682 13.638931 x x x Threatened

species

habitat

Swamp Wallaby

Grass population

Watercourse

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

95 1 13.6606103 13.699 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

GIS

96 0 13.699 14.4 X x Native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

- R13 Rehabilitation by assisted natural regeneration will be undertaken on the ROW, except within

four metres of the pipeline EMF

97 0 13.699 14.4 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

98 0 14.22 14.25 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

Page 76: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

7

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

99 1 14.2233547 14.25825 X native

vegetation

Swampy

Riparian

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

100 1 14.2582499 14.37476 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

101 0 14.3 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

102 1 14.3802884 14.435258 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

103 0 14.57 14.6 x PMP Existing

vegetation

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance to existing planted mature trees.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

104 0 14.98 15.11 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

105 1 14.9931191 15.078008 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

106 0 15 16 x Infrastructure Road reserve ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Keep ROW within road reserve to avoid entry into adjoining private land

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

107 1 15.0780075 15.160265 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

108 1 15.0821604 15.111293 X native

vegetation

Swampy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

109 0 15.1 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

110 1 15.1602647 15.196773 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

111 1 15.1967413 15.514687 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

112 0 15.5 15.55 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

113 1 15.5146873 15.55557 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

114 1 15.5575272 15.73668 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

115 1 15.8162291 15.835416 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

116 1 15.8571435 16.0477 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

117 0 16.16 16.21 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

118 1 16.1654236 16.20933 X native

vegetation

Aquatic

Herbland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

119 1 16.7537837 16.755656 x Cultural

Heritage

ACHRIS - Low

Density Artefact

Distribution

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan

GIS

120 1 16.7540244 16.755841 x Cultural

Heritage

ACHRIS - Low

Density Artefact

Distribution

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan

GIS

121 0 16.8 17.14 x PMP Broiler farm HDD A1 Avoid disturbance and biosecurity risks to broiler farm CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 77: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

8

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

122 1 17.2137527 17.247334 X native

vegetation

Grassy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

123 1 17.8196748 18.069792 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

124 0 17.8196748 18.069792 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

125 0 17.84 18.2 x Infrastructure Road Reserve ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

- Entry into adjoining private land avoided by keeping ROW within road reserve to avoid

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

126 1 18.0981793 18.239126 X native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

127 1 18.4167092 18.422686 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

128 1 18.5061933 18.512196 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

129 0 18.5148668 18.69895 X x Native

vegetation

Heathy

Woodland

- R13 Rehabilitation by assisted natural regeneration will be undertaken on the ROW, except within

four metres of the pipeline EMF

130 1 18.784802 18.812672 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Heathy

Woodland

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

GIS

131 0 18.897942 19.210908 x x x reserve Watson Creek

Unnamed

watercourse

Western Port

Ramsar Site

Native

vegetation

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

132 0 18.9 x Watercourse Watson Creek HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

133 0 19.2 x x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

134 1 19.3484313 19.362801 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Heathy

Woodland

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

GIS

135 1 19.3641004 19.381904 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Heathy

Woodland

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

GIS

136 1 19.6742604 19.689781 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

137 0 19.92 20.02 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential Swamp

Skink habitat

B10 Apply protocol for clearing Swamp Skink habitat

EMF

138 1 19.9217875 20.031506 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

139 0 20.0269819 20.080962 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

140 1 20.0371814 20.161908 X native

vegetation

Estuarine Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

141 0 20.1 20.1 x PMP Farm dam Alignment A1 Minimise impacts to proposed farm dam at landowner request CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 78: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

9

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

142 1 20.1592625 20.22594 X native

vegetation

Coastal

Saltmarsh

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

143 1 20.4740581 20.482853 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

144 0 20.8 x Watercourse Langwarrin

Creek

HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

145 0 20.9 21.25 X x Native

vegetation to

be retained

Langwarrin

Creek

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

146 0 21.4 21.6 X Threatened

species

habitat

GGF habitat - B13 a. Two nocturnal pre-clearance surveys of the construction footprint if clear and grade activities

at these locations are to occur during the breeding season (spring and summer)

b. Any Growling Grass Frog that can be located within the proposed construction footprint

during these surveys will be relocated to suitable location

c. If night time activities are required during the breeding season (spring and summer) within the

survey areas described in (a) ), a wildlife handler will be available to the construction site.

d. Hygiene protocols as set out in Murray et al. (2011) will be followed when conducting the

surveys described in (a).

EMF

147 0 21.4 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

148 0 21.5 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

149 0 21.66 21.75 x PMP Existing

vegetation

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance to existing planted mature trees.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

150 1 21.7324446 21.745954 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

151 0 21.83 21.9 PMP PMP ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

- reduced RoW

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

152 1 21.8768785 21.882848 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

153 0 22.53 22.96 x x Threatened

species

habitat

Wetland

complex

Potential habitat

for GGF

HDD - Avoid impacts to a wetland complex which provides potential habitat for the GGF

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

154 1 22.7416485 22.766252 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Swampy

Riparian

Woodland

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

GIS

155 0 22.8 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

156 0 23.05 23.09 x PMP Residence ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoids direct impacts to residence

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

157 0 23.1 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

158 0 23.43 23.45 x PMP Farm dam ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance of existing farm dam at request of landowner

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

159 0 23.6 23.63 x PMP Planted exotic

trees

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance to planted exotic tree windbreak at request of landowner

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 79: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

10

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

160 1 23.6059888 23.612384 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

161 0 23.67 23.72 x PMP Planted exotic

trees

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance to planted exotic tree windbreak at request of landowner

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

162 0 23.9 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

163 0 24.04 24.1 PMP property

boundary

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

- Avoid adjacent land parcel

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

164 0 24.39 24.42 x Infrastructure Access road to

private property

Horizontal

bore

- Avoid disturbance to access road and mature planted vegetation lining road CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

165 0 24.5 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

166 0 24.59 29.61 X x Native

vegetation to

be retained

Shade line of

trees

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

167 0 24.7 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

168 0 24.9 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

Horizontal

bore

WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

169 0 24.95 25.03 x Infrastructure Baxter-Tooradin

Road

Horizontal

bore

- Avoid disturbance to Baxter-Tooradin Road CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

170 0 25.2 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

171 1 25.3168593 25.333347 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

172 0 25.5 x Watercourse Quail Inlet Drain - WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

173 0 25.5 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

174 1 25.8696281 26.03015 x Cultural

Heritage

Registered CH

Sites

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

175 0 26.7 x Watercourse Drain at Fisheries

Road

HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

176 0 26.71 26.98 x x Infrastructure Fisheries Road

Access road to

residence

HDD - Avoid disturbance to Fisheries Road and access road to residence

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

177 1 26.7923735 26.805197 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

178 1 27.2534575 27.264442 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

179 0 27.6 x Watercourse Christies Drain - WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

180 0 27.7 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

181 0 27.93 27.97 x Infrastructure Access road to

residence

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

- Minimise disturbance to access road to residence

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

182 0 28.05 28.08 x PMP Residence ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid direct disturbance to residence

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

183 0 28.12 28.23 x x PMP Residence

Dam

ROW

width

reduced

A1 Minimise disturbance near residence and to dam at request of landowner

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 80: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

11

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

to 20m

and 10m

184 0 28.46 28.5 x PMP Farm shed ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance to farm shed at request of landowner

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

185 0 28.6 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

Horizontal

bore

WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

186 0 28.7 28.8 x PMP Farm shed and

store yard

Bore, with

access

track

reduce to

6m

A1 Avoid disturbance to farm shed and minimise disturbance to storage yard

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

187 0 29.06 29 x PMP Hedge ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid disturbance to hedge at paddock boundary at request of landowner

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

188 0 29.5 x Watercourse Rutherford Creek HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

189 0 29.57 30.24 x Infrastructure Existing pipelines

South Gippsland

Highway

HDD - Cross existing pipelines and the south Gippsland Highway

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

190 0 30.8 31.8 X Threatened

species

habitat

GGF habitat - B13 a. Two nocturnal pre-clearance surveys of the construction footprint if clear and grade activities

at these locations are to occur during the breeding season (spring and summer)

b. Any Growling Grass Frog that can be located within the proposed construction footprint

during these surveys will be relocated to suitable location

c. If night time activities are required during the breeding season (spring and summer) within the

survey areas described in (a) ), a wildlife handler will be available to the construction site.

d. Hygiene protocols as set out in Murray et al. (2011) will be followed when conducting the

surveys described in (a).

EMF

191 0 30.8 x Watercourse Western Outfall

Drain

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

192 0 31.528775 31.591748 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

193 0 31.6 31.65 x PMP Planted native

trees

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid impacts to planted native trees

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

194 0 33.4 33.61 x x x x x Threatened

species

habitat

Muddy Gates

Drain

Muddy Gates

Lane

Leogatha Rail

Line and

easement

SBB assumed

present

Potential habitat

for Swamp

Fireweed and

Swamp

Everlasting

HDD - Avoid impacts to Muddy Gates Drain, Muddy Gates Lane and the Leogatha Rail Line and

easement. This will avoid impacts to assumed habitat for the SBB, and potential habitat for the

SF and SE.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

195 0 33.62 34.31 x Threatened

species

habitat

SBB present,

recorded in

planted

vegetation

along fenceline

on southern side

of Manks Road

ROW

width

reduced

to

between

25 and

15m.

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 81: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

12

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

196 0 34 x Watercourse Muddy Gates

Drain

HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

197 0 34.31 34.35 x x Threatened

species

habitat

Manks Road

SBB assumed

present

Horizontal

bore

- Minimise impacts to vegetation on southern side of Manks Road which provides assumed

habitat for the SBB CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

198 0 34.35 34.35 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

199 0 34.6 x Watercourse Manks Rd Drain Horizontal

bore

WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

200 0 34.8 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

201 0 35.08 35.1 x PMP Farm dam ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid direct impacts to farm dam

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

202 0 35.3610934 35.403093 x x Threatened

species

habitat

Tooradin Station

Road

SBB recorded

near fallen pine

tree in a heavily

grassed roadside

plantation

Bore with

acces

track

reduce to

10m width

B2

B3

R14

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced

The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

203 0 35.5 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

204 0 35.7 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

205 0 35.76862 35.77998 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

206 0 36 x Watercourse Tooradin Road

Drain

Horizontal

bore

WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

207 0 36.4 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

208 0 36.7 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

209 0 37.1795025 37.200653 x x Threatened

species

habitat

Tooradin Inlet

Drain

SBB recorded in

blackberries and

Phalaris on top

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

R14

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 82: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

13

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

of drain bank to

south of

construction

footprint

The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

210 0 37.4866278 37.522938 x x Threatened

species

habitat

Ridgeways Drain

SBB assumed

present in

hawthorn hedge

with blackberries

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

R14

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced

The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

211 0 37.7 x Watercourse Tooradin Inlet

Drain

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

212 0 38.1 x Watercourse Ridgeways Drain - WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

213 0 38.6 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

214 1 38.6216075 38.624111 Threatened

species

habitat

SBB Habitat R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

GIS

215 0 38.7 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

216 0 38.8371324 38.893752 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

217 0 38.85 38.9 x x Infrastructure Dalmore Road

Dalmore Drain

Bore and

ROW

width

reduced

to

between

20 and

15m.

- Avoid trenching impacts to Dalmore Road

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

218 1 38.8848706 38.898682 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

Page 83: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

14

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

219 0 39.3 x Watercourse Dalmore Rd

Drain

Horizontal

bore

WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

220 0 39.7 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

221 0 39.8 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

222 0 39.9 40.6 X Threatened

species

habitat

GGF habitat - B13 a. Two nocturnal pre-clearance surveys of the construction footprint if clear and grade activities

at these locations are to occur during the breeding season (spring and summer)

b. Any Growling Grass Frog that can be located within the proposed construction footprint

during these surveys will be relocated to suitable location

c. If night time activities are required during the breeding season (spring and summer) within the

survey areas described in (a) ), a wildlife handler will be available to the construction site.

d. Hygiene protocols as set out in Murray et al. (2011) will be followed when conducting the

surveys described in (a).

EMF

223 0 40 40.3 x x Threatened

species

habitat

SBB known

habitat

GGF known

habitat

Major drain -

Cardinia Creek

HDD B12 Growling Grass Frog

The following mitigation measures will be implemented to manage impacts to the Growling

Grass Frog:

a. If night time activities are required within or adjacent to areas of identified Growling Grass

Frog habitat, a wildlife handler will be available to the construction site if needed to relocate

individuals.

b. Initial construction (clearing / grade) will not occur within 100 metres of identified Growling

Grass Frog habitat adjacent to the construction footprint during the breeding season (spring

and summer), unless fauna (frog) exclusion fencing has been installed and a pre-clearance

frog survey have been undertaken immediately prior to works commencing that confirm the

species is not present within the fenced area.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

224 0 40.0562803 40.099025 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

225 0 40.0983932 40.108371 X Threatened

species

habitat

GGF habitat - B13 a. Two nocturnal pre-clearance surveys of the construction footprint if clear and grade activities

at these locations are to occur during the breeding season (spring and summer)

b. Any Growling Grass Frog that can be located within the proposed construction footprint

during these surveys will be relocated to suitable location

c. If night time activities are required during the breeding season (spring and summer) within the

survey areas described in (a) ), a wildlife handler will be available to the construction site.

d. Hygiene protocols as set out in Murray et al. (2011) will be followed when conducting the

surveys described in (a).

EMF

226 0 40.5 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

227 0 40.6 x Watercourse Cardinia Creek HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

228 0 40.85 40.85 X Threatened

species

habitat

GGF habitat

Cardinia Creek:

section of the

access track

linking to Ballarto

Road, where it

lies directly

adjacent to Lot

1 Title Plan

828572X

- B13 a. Two nocturnal pre-clearance surveys of the construction footprint if clear and grade activities

at these locations are to occur during the breeding season (spring and summer)

b. Any Growling Grass Frog that can be located within the proposed construction footprint

during these surveys will be relocated to suitable location

c. If night time activities are required during the breeding season (spring and summer) within the

survey areas described in (a) ), a wildlife handler will be available to the construction site.

d. Hygiene protocols as set out in Murray et al. (2011) will be followed when conducting the

surveys described in (a).

EMF

229 0 40.8826615 41.3 x x Threatened

species

habitat

Major drain -

Toomuc Creek,

Deep Creek

Desalination

Pipeline

Ballarto Road

Known habitat

for SBB and GGF

HDD B12 Growling Grass Frog

The following mitigation measures will be implemented to manage impacts to the Growling

Grass Frog:

a. If night time activities are required within or adjacent to areas of identified Growling Grass

Frog habitat, a wildlife handler will be available to the construction site if needed to relocate

individuals.

b. Initial construction (clearing / grade) will not occur within 100 metres of identified Growling

Grass Frog habitat adjacent to the construction footprint during the breeding season (spring

and summer), unless fauna (frog) exclusion fencing has been installed and a pre-clearance

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 84: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

15

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

Potential habitat

for DG and AG

frog survey have been undertaken immediately prior to works commencing that confirm the

species is not present within the fenced area.

230 0 40.9 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

231 0 41.2 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

232 0 41.35 41.5 X Threatened

species

habitat

GGF habitat - B13 a. Two nocturnal pre-clearance surveys of the construction footprint if clear and grade activities

at these locations are to occur during the breeding season (spring and summer)

b. Any Growling Grass Frog that can be located within the proposed construction footprint

during these surveys will be relocated to suitable location

c. If night time activities are required during the breeding season (spring and summer) within the

survey areas described in (a) ), a wildlife handler will be available to the construction site.

d. Hygiene protocols as set out in Murray et al. (2011) will be followed when conducting the

surveys described in (a).

EMF

233 0 41.7 x Watercourse Gum Scrub

Creek

HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

234 0 41.7 x Watercourse Toomuc Creek HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

235 0 41.79 41.81 x PMP Hedge ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid impacts to planted hedge windbreak

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

236 0 41.8 x Watercourse Deep Creek HDD WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

237 0 41.8 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

238 1 42.5861392 42.694879 x Cultural

Heritage

Registered CH

Sites

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

239 0 42.7273356 42.732157 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

240 0 43.2 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

241 0 43.42 43.42 x Threatened

species

habitat

A narrow strip of

dense

vegetation

along a

paddock drain.

Potential SBB

habitat.

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

242 0 44.1014767 44.15 x Infrastructure Soldiers Road Horizontal

bore

- Avoid trenching through Soldiers Road CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

243 0 45.2485203 45.255671 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

244 0 45.25 45.27 x x Threatened

species

habitat

Hagelthornes

Drain

potential Dwarf

Galaxias habitat

potential

Southern Brown

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

R14

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 85: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

16

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

Bandicoot

habitat

The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

245 0 45.7 x Watercourse Hagelthornes WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

246 0 46 46.05 x PMP Planted native

trees

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid impacts to planted native trees

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

247 0 46.1 46.17 x PMP Farm dam ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid impacts to existing farm dam at request of landowner

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

248 0 46.3 46.35 x PMP Farm driveway ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

A1 Avoid impacts to existing farm driveway

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

249 1 46.5491217 46.559941 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Swamp Scrub

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

HDD B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site GIS

250 0 46.5494499 46.558827 x x Threatened

species

habitat

Koo Wee Rup Rd

SBB known

habitat

HDD - HDD of Koo Wee Rup Road and area of planned road widening. Avoidance of SBB habitat in

road reserve. CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

251 0 46.7600982 46.81298 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

252 0 46.8 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat on

access track

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

253 0 47 x Watercourse McGregors Drain Horizontal

bore

WC1

WC3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

Trenchless construction methods to be used to avoid open cut construction across flowing

watercourses.

waterways list

254 0 47.7 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

255 0 47.8 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

256 1 49.1447655 49.19 X native

vegetation

Swampy

Riparian

Woodland

B1

B2

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

Page 86: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

17

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

257 0 49.16 49.41 x x Threatened

species

habitat

Major drain -

Pakenham

Creek

SBB potential

habitat

DG potential

habitat

HDD - Avoid impacts to Pakenham Creek and associated vegetation on the banks of the drain.

Avoids potential habitat for SBB and GGF.

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

258 1 49.62 49.67 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Swampy

Riparian

Woodland

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

GIS

259 1 49.694719 49.717455 X Native

vegetation to

be retained

Swampy

Riparian

Woodland

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

B2 No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

GIS

260 0 49.8645758 49.887567 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

261 1 49.8667079 49.87325 X native

vegetation

Swampy

Riparian

Woodland

B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

262 1 49.8807012 49.906039 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

263 1 50.8449191 50.849618 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

264 1 51.2782209 51.282408 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

265 1 51.3461688 51.352008 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

266 0 51.8 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

267 1 51.8639826 51.895848 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

268 0 52.1 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

269 0 52.4411448 52.46 x Infrastructure Bald Hill Road Horizontal

bore

- Avoids trenching though Bald Hill Road. CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

270 0 52.5 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

271 1 52.6396594 52.645596 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

272 1 52.9903081 53.32 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

273 0 53.4678956 53.673655 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

EMF

Page 87: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

18

ID Rev A

pp

rox

KP

Sta

rt*

Ap

pro

x K

P E

nd

*

Na

tiv

e v

eg

eta

tio

n

Flo

ra

Fa

un

a

Wa

terc

ou

rse

Ra

msa

r Site

So

il

We

ed

/ P

est

His

tori

c h

eri

tag

e o

r

ab

ori

gin

al h

eri

tag

e

Lan

dh

old

er/

Co

mm

un

ity

Ro

ad

an

d R

ail

Constraint

Type

De

scri

ptio

n

Design

Response

Site specific

Management

Standard

Management Standard Description Source

Reference

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

274 1 53.4678956 53.673655 X native

vegetation

Swamp Scrub B1

B6

All vegetation clearing works will be confined to the RoW.

Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed are to be inspected for fauna by a

suitably qualified wildlife handler immediately prior to removal.

GIS

275 0 54.5 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

276 0 54.65 54.67 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

WC1

WC4

B3

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied.

The width of the right of way will be reduced CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

277 0 54.72 54.84 x Native

vegetation to

be retained

Native

vegetation

outside

construction

footprint

ROW

width

reduced

to 20m

B2

B3

No native vegetation to be retained will be cleared. Environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint, will be clearly demarcated and

identified on site

The width of the right of way will be reduced

CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

278 0 54.9647342 55.1 x Infrastructure Pakenham Rail

Line Crossing

Horizontal

bore

- Avoid trenching through Pakenham Rail Line CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

279 0 55 x Watercourse Unnamed

watercourse

- WC1

WC4

All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit requirements.

EMP Environmental Standards for trenched watercourse crossings to be applied. waterways list

280 0 55.2649063 55.31 x Infrastructure Entrance to

HCMT facility

Horizontal

bore

- Enable continuous access to HCMT facility. CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

281 1 55.5802421 55.624244 x Cultural

Heritage

ACHRIS - Low

Density Artefact

Distribution

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan

GIS

282 0 55.7102849 55.81 x Infrastructure Princes Freeway Horizontal

bore

- Avoid trenching through Princess Freeway CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

283 1 56.1927778 56.198754 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

284 1 56.355033 56.361023 x Cultural

Heritage

CH Positive Test

Pit

CH1 Cultural heritage will be managed in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plan GIS

285 0 56.5563876 56.7 x Infrastructure Princes Highway Horizontal

bore

- Avoid trenching through Princess Highway CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

286 2 26.7923735 26.805197 X Threatened

species

habitat

potential

Southern Brown

Bandicoot

habitat

R14 The following measures will be implemented to reinstate areas of Southern Brown Bandicoot

habitat where clearing has occurred:

a. Dense cover of suitable native shrubs or vegetation of similar structure will be reinstated,

other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for

surveillance patrols. Easement agreements with landholders will require that this vegetation be

reinstated and protected.

b. Rapid re-establishment of dense ground cover will be achieved at any of the sites of

known or assumed presence for the Southern Brown Bandicoot impacted by the construction

footprint, but not subject to HDD, by planting of semi-mature native shrubs, or fast-growing

tubestock, at an appropriate density during rehabilitation. The aim is to re-establish dense

understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height range, as soon as practicable.

EMF

EES Hearing Expert Witness Statement

287 0 42.617 42.627 x Infrastructure Hobsons Road Horizontal

bore

- Avoid trenching though Hobsons Road, IF sealed prior to construction CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

288 0 51.417 51.427 x Infrastructure McDonalds

Drain Road

Horizontal

bore

- Avoid trenching though McDonalds Drain Road, IF sealed prior to construction CPT_Design_Mastersheet_TH

Page 88: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

19

H Environmental Risk Assessment

H.1 Overview

APA has applied a robust approach to identification and management of Project

risks consistent with Australian Standard AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009, Risk management –

Principles and guidelines. The risk assessment process and risk criteria were tailored for

the Crib Point Terminal Pipeline project context. The risk criteria selected for the

assessment were aligned to APAs Corporate risk framework to ensure that APAs

business objectives would be met in the development of the project.

A qualitative approach to risk assessment has been adopted which involves the use

of a multi-disciplinary ‘subject matter specialist panel’ for assessing risks from the construction and operation of the pipeline. This risk process involved the following

steps:

establishment of the context of the risk assessment

risk pathway identification

analysis of the consequence and likelihood of risks

risk evaluation

risk treatment through the application of mitigation measures.

The results of the risk assessment focused the Environment Management Plan (EMP)

and informed development of Project controls to avoid, mitigate and manage of

environmental risks and impacts. The performance objectives and standards

(Appendix J) set the minimum outcomes necessary to avoid, mitigate or manage

environmental impacts during delivery of the Crib Point Terminal Pipeline.

H.2 Context of the risk assessment

This section provides an overview of the key design, construction and operational

assumptions, upon which the risk assessment is based. It also provides a description of

the pipeline corridor and the environmental context within which the risk assessment

was undertaken.

The approach adopted, consistent with the Standard, was to avoid risks where

possible or to locate and design the pipeline in such a way that risks initially identified

were removed or mitigated to an extent where the residual risk was considered

acceptable.

The pipeline corridor starts at Crib Point and terminates at Pakenham East in Victoria.

The preferred pipeline route was selected to minimise impacts on sensitive land uses

and where possible follows existing pipeline easements. The pipeline route is located

on land used for various purposes including rural residential living, road corridors,

industry, conservation reserves, hobby farming, horse studs and agriculture. The

pipeline follows the Stony Point rail reserve through Hastings. Towards Pakenham,

the pipeline crosses the Gippsland rail line before reaching the proposed Pakenham

Page 89: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

20

Delivery Facility adjacent to the Pakenham East rail depot and connecting to the VTS

north of the Princes Highway.

The key construction activities for the pipeline include:

establishment of laydown areas

construction of the pigging facility at Crib Point Receiving Facility, Pakenham

Delivery Facility, two MLVs and the EOLSS

pipeline construction using construction techniques such as trenching,

horizontal directional drilling (HDD) or boring, typically within a 30-metre-wide

pipeline construction right of way (ROW).

Construction for the pipeline will take approximately 12 to 18 months, depending on

weather conditions. The pipeline will have a design life of 60 years. If the pipeline

were no longer required, it would be decommissioned in accordance with Australian

Standard AS2885 Pipelines – gas and liquid petroleum and relevant legislative and

approval requirements at the time of decommissioning.

H.3 Risk Pathway Identification

Risk pathways were identified and assessed by specialists during the EES process. The

initial risk assessment focused the impact assessment on areas of medium or higher

risks and planned events.

H.4 Analysis of the consequence and likelihood or risks

Consequence and likelihood criteria were developed and tailored to inform the risk

process based on the risk context. As the pipeline was developed, and impact

assessments progressed, the risk pathways underwent cycles of risk analysis,

evaluation, treatment and re-analysis. The project risk assessment process aligns with

APAs risk assessment requirements and was used to develop the EMP Environmental

Risk Register (Attachment H).

Risk is defined as a combination of:

the magnitude of potential consequences of an event

the likelihood of the event occurring.

The risk assessment process involved the assignment of consequence and likelihood

ratings which combined gave an overall risk level for each identified risk.

H.5.1. Consequence Ratings

The consequences of a risk occurring were assigned using a consequence guide

provided in Table 9-B.

Page 90: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

21

Table 9-B Consequence framework

Level Qualitative description of biophysical/environmental consequence

Qualitative description of socio-economic consequence

Negligible No detectable change in a local

environmental setting

No detectable impact on economic, public

health and safety, cultural, recreational,

aesthetic or social values

Minor Short-term, reversible changes, within

natural variability range, in a local

environmental setting

Short-term, localised impact on economic,

public health and safety, cultural,

recreational, aesthetic or social values

Moderate Long-term but limited changes to local

environmental setting that are able to

be managed

Significant and/or long-term change in quality

of economic, public health and safety,

cultural, recreational, aesthetic or social

values in local setting. Limited impacts at

regional level

Major Long-term, significant changes

resulting in risks to human health

and/or the environment beyond the

local environmental setting

Significant, long-term change in quality of

economic, public health and safety, cultural,

recreational, aesthetic or social values at

local, regional and State levels. Limited

impacts at national level

Severe Irreversible, significant changes

resulting in widespread risks to human

health and/or the environment at a

regional scale or broader

Significant, permanent impact on regional

economy, public health and safety and/or

irreversible changes to cultural, recreational,

aesthetic or social values at regional, state

and national levels

H.5.2. Likelihood ratings

A likelihood rating for each identified risk was assigned using the guide in Table 9-C.

Page 91: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

22

Table 9-C Likelihood guide

Level Description

Rare The event may occur only in exceptional circumstances

Unlikely The event could occur but is not expected

Possible The event could occur

Likely The event will probably occur in most circumstances

Almost certain The event is expected to occur in most circumstances or is planned to occur

H.5.3. Risk matrix and risk rating

The consequence and likelihood ratings were combined to arrive at a risk rating, using

the risk assessment matrix shown in Table 9-D.

Table 9-D Risk assessment matrix

Consequence ratings

Negligible Minor Moderate Major Severe

In

Rare Very low Very low Low Medium Medium

Unlikely Very low Low Low Medium High

Possible Low Low Medium High High

Likely Low Medium Medium High Very high

Almost certain Low Medium High Very high Very high

H.5 Risk Workshops

Once the initial risk ratings were established, they were tested through a number of

multi-disciplinary facilitated workshops. This promoted consistency across risk analysis

between disciplines and identification of any cross-over and inconsistencies in risk

pathways. The following thematic risk workshops were conducted:

Page 92: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

23

Table 9-E Risk workshops – specialist studies

Workshop no.

Date Study area Study risk code

1 14 January 2019 Greenhouse gas emissions

Landscape and visual

GG

LV

2 24 January 2019 Agriculture

Air quality

Surface water

Transport

AG

AQ

HD

TP

3 12 February 2019 Historic heritage HH

4 27 February 2019 Business

Terrestrial and freshwater biodiversity

Groundwater

Noise and vibration

B

FF

HG

NV

5 7 March 2019 Aboriginal cultural heritage

Contamination and acid sulfate soils

Social

ACH

C

SC

6 11 April 2019 Land use and planning LU

7 18 July 2019 Terrestrial and freshwater biodiversity FF

8 20 September 2019 Marine biodiversity ME

9 8 October 2019 Marine biodiversity ME

H.6 Risk evaluation and treatment

The results of the risk analysis were evaluated to determine the next steps for each risk

pathway. Each risk was assessed with initial mitigation measures to determine the

initial risk rating, and a set of additional mitigation measures (if required), to arrive at

a residual risk rating.

H.6.1. Risk evaluation and treatment

Each risk was assessed with initial mitigation measures to determine its initial risk rating,

and a set of additional mitigation measures (if required), to arrive at a residual risk

rating. The identification, analysis and evaluation of risks were conducted over nine

facilitated workshops.

The residual risks identified in the risk assessment are managed by mitigation

measures which informed the performance standards and objectives outlined in

Attachment I.

The Risk Register, performance objectives and standards will inform the contractor’s

risk assessment and control processes for the construction of the Crib Point Pakenham

Pipeline. In addition to the risk assessment process, task-based risk assessments (e.g.

Page 93: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

24

Job Safety and Environment Assessments) will be undertaken during the project to

identify and control workplace hazards.

H.6.2. Assurance

The risk register will be evaluated by APA as part of the assurance processes identified

in CEMP Section 7. Any proposed changes to the risk register will be approved by the

APA Project Manager and APA Environment Advisor

Page 94: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

25

I Risk Register

Page 95: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

26

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

C L Risk C L Risk

Envi

ro

Soci

al

Eco

n

Pu

blic

H&

S

OV

ERA

LL

Envi

ro

Soci

al

Eco

n

Pu

blic

H&

S

OV

ERA

LL

GG 1 GG1 Greenhouse gas

GHG from site clearance and construction site establishment

Disturbance of vegetation and consumption of fossil fuels for operation of plant and equipment during site clearing and construction site establishment resulting in the release of greenhouse gas emissions.

Progressive reinstatement as per mitigation measures described in EES Technical Report O: Agriculture impact assessment MM-GG01 Reduce right of way

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Medium No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Medium B3

GG 2 GG2 Greenhouse gas

GHG from construction activities

Consumption of fossil fuels for electricity generation, operation of plant and equipment and transportation of materials and equipment during construction resulting in the release of greenhouse gas emissions.

MM- GG03 Source local materials

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Medium MM-GG04 Use of low embodied energy materials

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Medium SG1 SG2

GG 3 GG3 Greenhouse gas Additional use

of GHG due to unacceptable quality of materials delivered to site

Unacceptable quality of materials (e.g. steel) delivered to site leading to additional resource consumption and the release of greenhouse gas emissions.

MM-GG05 Managing the quality of materials

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Rar

e

Low

No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Rar

e

Low

SG3

AG 1 AG1 Agriculture Loss of land for agricultural use during construction

The installation of the pipeline results in loss of land for agricultural use.

MM-AG01 Landholder consultation

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Medium No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Medium A1

Page 96: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

27

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

AG 2 AG2 Agriculture Restricted acces to properties during construction

Pipeline construction activities cause reduced access, loss of productivity and greater management costs on blocks with affected access.

MM–AG01 Landholder consultation MM–AG02 Alternative access arrangements

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Alm

ost

cer

tain

Medium No additional mitigation measures identified

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Alm

ost

cer

tain

Medium A1

AG 3 AG3 Agriculture Disturbance (dust, noise, livestock injury)

Disturbance due to noise, dust and livestock injury impacts agricultural productivity.

MM-AG01 Landholder consultation MM-AG02 Stock access arrangements Dust suppression in accordance with mitigation measures listed in EES Technical Report G: Air quality impact assessment

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low A1, E2, E6

AG 4 AG4 Agriculture Infrastructure changes

Disruption to agricultural activities due to temporary removal or changes to use of infrastructure.

MM-AG04, MM-AG05 Identification and management of third-party services MM-AG06 Timing and method of construction for water infrastructure crossings MM-RH06 Reinstatement of infrastructure

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low A2, T1, A3, R11

AG 5 AG5 Agriculture Biosecurity (weeds & disease)

Transference of weed & diseases between properties impacts biosecurity of land.

MM-AG07 Biosecurity Management Protocol MM-AG08 Imported topsoil of an appropriate quality, weed & disease free.

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low R6, S1

AQ 1 AQ1 Air quality Dust from site clearance and construction site establishment

Site clearance and construction site establishment activities result in the generation of dust (particulates) resulting in deterioration of the existing air quality environment.

MM-AQ01 Dust suppression will be undertaken as required using water sprays, water carts or other media on: a. Unpaved work areas subject to traffic or wind b. Sand, spoil and aggregate stockpiles c. During the loading and unloading of dust generating materials.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-AQ02 Vehicle, plant and equipment movements will be restricted to within the construction footprint and on designated roads and tracks. MM-AQ04 Vehicles will be restricted to 40 km/hr in built up areas. MM-AQ07 Observational monitoring of dust along the construction right of way (ROW) and facilities will be undertaken. If dust is observed to leave the construction footprint, then works will be modified or stopped until the dust hazard is reduced to a manageable level.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low A8, E1, E2

Page 97: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

28

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

AQ 2 AQ2 Air quality Dust from construction activities

Construction activities (e.g. excavation, drilling, vehicle movements) result in the generation of dust (particulates) resulting in deterioration of the existing air quality environment.

MM-AQ01 Dust suppression will be undertaken as required using water sprays, water carts or other media on: a. Unpaved work areas subject to traffic or wind b. Sand, spoil and aggregate stockpiles c. During the loading and unloading of dust generating materials.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-AQ02 Vehicle, plant and equipment movements will be restricted to within the construction footprint and on designated roads and tracks. MM-AQ04 Vehicles will be restricted to 40 km/hr in built up areas. MM-AQ07 Observational monitoring of dust along the construction right of way (ROW) and facilities will be undertaken. If dust is observed to leave the construction footprint, then works will be modified or stopped until the dust hazard is reduced to a manageable level.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low A8, E1, E2

AQ 3 AQ3 Air quality Extreme weather (hot windy conditions)

Climatic conditions result in the generation of dust (particulates) resulting in deterioration of the existing air quality environment.

MM-AQ01 Dust suppression will be undertaken as required using water sprays, water carts or other media on: a. Unpaved work areas subject to traffic or wind b. Sand, spoil and aggregate stockpiles c. During the loading and unloading of dust generating materials.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-AQ06 Weather conditions will be monitored for extreme heat and/or wind events and works will be modified. MM-AQ07 Dust monitoring

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low E1, E2

AQ 4 AQ4 Air quality Handling and removal of spoil (within highly populated areas)

Increased dust emissions near the construction worksite due to handling of spoil (within urban environment) resulting in deterioration of the existing air quality environment.

Reinstatement of excavated material will commence progressively post construction and will be undertaken as soon as practicable as per mitigation measures described in EES Technical Report O: Agriculture impact assessment (MM-RH01).

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium Pipeline alignment change to Stony Point Rail corridor to reduce amenity impacts as per EES Technical Report N: Business impact assessment. MM-AQ05 Construction vehicles with potential for loss of loads (such as dust or litter) will be covered when using public roads. MM-AQ07 Dust monitoring

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Rar

e

Low E2

AQ 5 AQ5 Air quality Combustion emissions from construction activities

Construction equipment, vehicles and plant results in the generation of combustion emissions resulting in deterioration of the existing air quality environment.

MM-AQ09 Plant and equipment will be maintained in good condition to minimise ignition risk, spills and air emissions that may cause nuisance.

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low E3, F9

AQ 6 AQ6 Air quality Odour from construction activities

Odour from contaminated soils (including acid sulfate soils) resulting in amenity impacts.

MM-AQ08 Odorous soils management a. Cessation of ground disturbance b. Assessment of contamination and determination of appropriate management actions in consultation with suitably qualified personnel. If odorous material is found to be contaminated, EPA will be notified as soon as reasonably possible.

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Un

like

ly

Very low

No additional mitigation measures identified

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Un

like

ly

Very low

T10

Page 98: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

29

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

HD 1 HD1 Hydrology Site dewatering (runoff quality)

Dewatering of the trenches following a storm event results in water discharged from site above EPA water quality limits ultimately enters receiving water bodies.

MM-SW01 Discharge water i. Discharge will be to low gradient, stable, grassed areas as agreed with the landholder. c. Discharge of trench water to land will be avoid soil erosion or sedimentation of land or water. Sediment control devices to remove suspended solids and dissipate flow will be used where required. f. Water that cannot be treated to meet the relevant discharge criteria will be disposed to an EPA Victoria licensed facility. j. Contaminated water will be managed in accordance with EES Technical Report E: Contamination and acid sulfate soils impact assessment.

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low MM-SW01 Discharge water h. Trench water will not be discharged into or within 50m of watercourses, or into stormwater drains.

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low T5, H6

HD 2 HD2 Hydrology Stormwater runoff

Stormwater runoff (from trench intercepting surface waterway and excavated material from the ROW or construction sites) is above EPA water quality limits for sediments and enters waterways and the Western Port Ramsar site.

MM-SW02 Managing runoff a. Flow diversion banks will be placed upstream of the spoil material if required. b. An overflow spillway can be constructed to allow runoff from external catchments to pass over the spoil material at a controlled location without causing erosion. MM-SW03 Watercourse trenching during no flow conditions Where practicable, all trenched watercourse crossings will be constructed during no flow conditions. MM-SW04 Watercourse trenching a. Weather forecasts will be monitored to avoid having open trenches when high rainfall events are expected. b. Where watercourses are trenched, all obstructions to flow will be removed as soon as practicable after the pipe has been laid and backfilled. c. Trenching on both sides of the waterway will be fully excavated and prepared prior to undertaking the final section of trenching over the waterway. d. The pipeline will be assembled and prepared so that it can be installed as soon as practicable once the trenching over the watercourse has been undertaken. MM-SW05 Watercourse trenchless crossing The following watercourses will be crossed by HDD: Kings Creek, Warringine Park Swamp, Watson Creek, Vowell Drive Wetlands, Cardinia Creek, Toomuc Creek, Lower Gum Scrub Creek, Deep Creek.

Min

or

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low C7, WC2, WC3, WC4,

Page 99: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

30

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

HD 3 HD3 Hydrology Stormwater runoff from Langwarrin Creek

Stormwater and tidal flow within waterways need to be temporary diverted during trenching of Langwarrin Creek and results in downstream erosion and flow that is above EPA water quality limits for sediments.

MM-SW04 Watercourse trenching a. Weather forecasts will be monitored to avoid having open trenches when high rainfall events are expected. b. Obstructions to flow will be removed and waterways reinstated as soon as practicable. j. Temporary diversions will be provided to allow flow around the trench to be maintained.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-SW05 Watercourse trenchless crossing The following watercourses will be crossed by trenchless construction techniques: Langwarrin Creek.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low WC2, WC3, WC4

HD 4 HD4 Hydrology Runoff from disturbed surfaces at HDD drilling sites

Sediment laden runoff from disturbed surfaces at HDD drilling sites flow into local waterways.

MM-SW02 Managing runoff a. Flow diversion banks should be placed upstream of the spoil material if required. b. An overflow spillway can be constructed to allow runoff from external catchments to pass over the spoil material at a controlled location without causing erosion. MM-SW05 Watercourse trenchless crossing The proposed HDD profile design, the work method statement should be submitted to Melbourne Water and approved prior to the commencement of works at watercourses managed by Melbourne Water.

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low C7, WC2, WC3

HD 5 HD5 Hydrology Spill to water (construction)

A spill of hazardous materials during construction results in contaminated discharge to surface water.

MM-SW06 Fuel and chemical storage a. Minimise quantities of hazardous materials Dangerous goods should be stored and handled in accordance with relevant Australian Standards. Chemical and fuel storage should be monitored as per EES Technical Report K: Safety, hazard and risk assessments. MM-SW07 Spills Spill kits will be available at locations where machinery/plant are operating, refuelling points and fuel and chemical storage locations. MM-SW08 Refuelling of vehicles and machinery b. Refuelling of vehicles and machinery (excluding hand held machines) on the ROW will utilise auto shut off valves. c. Refuelling of vehicles and mobile machinery will not occur within 50m of a watercourse.

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low F12

Page 100: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

31

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

HD 6 HD6 Hydrology Waterway or flood plain function (construction)

Temporary excavated martial results in obstruction of waterways or floodplain function (construction).

MM-SW10 Stockpiling b. Provide regular gaps to allow flood water to pass through or constructing overflow spillways in the spoil material. c. Avoid stockpiling material near waterways. Material should be located away from the top of banks so that there is no restriction to the flow conveyance area. MM-SW03 Watercourse trenching during no flow conditions Where practicable, all trenched watercourse crossings will be constructed during no flow conditions. MM-SW04 Watercourse trenching a. Weather forecasts will be monitored to avoid having open trenches when high rainfall events are expected b. Where watercourses are trenched, all obstructions to flow will be removed as soon as practicable after the pipe has been laid and backfilled. c. Trenches on both sides of the waterway should be fully excavated and prepared prior to undertaking the final section of trenching over the waterway. d. The pipeline should be assembled and prepared so that it can be installed as soon as practicable once the trenching over the watercourse has been undertaken.

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low MM-SW10 Stockpiling a. Avoid the creation of a continuous row of stockpiled materials that can cause water to pond on the upstream side.

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Un

like

ly

Very low

C7, WC4, WC6

HD 9 HD9 Hydrology Runoff water quality

Reduced water quality discharged from the facilities sites.

MM-SW12 WSUD treatments will be incorporated into the site design for the Crib Point Receiving Facility and the Pakenham Delivery Facility to capture surface runoff and reduce pollutants in accordance with the Best Practice Environmental Management Guidelines (CSIRO 1999).

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low G2

TP 1 TP1 Traffic and Transport

Capacity of road network to accommodate workforce and heavy vehicle movements during construction

Additional traffic during construction may result in increased congestion exceeding level of service D, and ultmately compromise road safety within the vicinity of the Project Area.

MM-TP01 Traffic Management Plan

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low A8

TP 2 TP2 Traffic and Transport

Road/lane closures in Hastings impacting business and local access

Road/lane closures in Hastings result in impacts on business operation and access.

MM-TP01 Traffic Management Plan MM-TP03 Stakeholder consultation on transport changes

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

cer

tain

Medium Pipeline alignment change to Stony Point rail corridor as described in EES Technical Report N: Business impact assessment.

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Alm

ost

cer

tain

Low A8

Page 101: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

32

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

TP 3 TP3 Traffic and Transport

Road deterioration

Public roads experience deterioration in the quality of the pavement due to the movement of heavy vehicles, machinery and plant.

MM-TP01 Traffic Management Plan MM-TP06 Pavement strength survey

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Min

or

Like

ly

Medium Upgraded pavement for Woolleys Road and the Esplanade (subject to the pavement strength survey results)

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low A8

TP 4 TP4 Traffic and Transport

Dirt on roads from construction vehicles

Plant and spoil trucks deposit construction debris on public roads leading to dust generation and perceived loss of amenity and public health and safety issues.

MM-TP01 Traffic Management Plan - including dust and debris management MM-TP03 Stakeholder consultation on transport changes

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

cer

tain

Medium MM-TP01 Transport Management Plan -Monitor condition of roads. If road becomes muddy, engage a street sweeper (as needed) Dust suppression methods as described in EES Technical Report G: Air quality impact assessment MM-AQ05 Covering vehicle loads)

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low A8

TP 5 TP5 Traffic and Transport

Pedestrian and cycling access in Hastings

Additional Project generated traffic and construction works impact pedestrians and cyclists resulting in a reduction in public safety and amenity. Increased safety risk to school children in school zones, walking to/from school and school crossings in the impacted area.

MM-TP01 Traffic Management Plan Pedestrian and cyclist connectivity MM-TP03 Stakeholder consultation on transport changes

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Min

or

Lik

ely

Medium MM-TP01 Traffic Management Plan - maintain pedestrian and cyclist connectivity Pipeline alignment change to Stony Point rail corridor as described in EES Technical Report N: Business impact

assessment.

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Lik

ely

Low A8

TP 6 TP6 Traffic and Transport

Public/School bus impacts

Movement of pipes, plant and heavy machinery, as well as potential road closures impacts on public transport and access for school buses.

MM-TP07 Public Transport Disruption Plan MM-TP03 Stakeholder and Engagement Management Plan - Consultation with schools and PTV

Min

or

Maj

or

Maj

or

Un

like

ly

Medium MM-TP01 TMP - Avoid truck (pipeline and other activities) movements in Hastings between school hours (7:30-9:00am and 2:30 -4:00 pm) and avoid school zone areas, where possible. Driver training

Min

or

Maj

or

Maj

or

Rar

e

Medium A8

TP 7 TP7 Traffic and Transport

Road/lane closures outside of Hastings due to Pipeline Works (along and across roads) impacting transport operations

Road/lane closures outside of Hastings due to Pipeline Works (along road due to narrow ROW and across roads due to open cut trenching) impacting access to properties.

MM-TP01 Management Plan MM-TP03 Stakeholder consultation on transport changes

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

cer

tain

Medium MM-TP01 Traffic Management Plan - Construction activities to occur in off-peak periods when demands are low. Minimise the number and duration of road closures

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Alm

ost

cer

tain

Low A8

Page 102: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

33

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

TP 8 TP8 Traffic and Transport

Access track / public road network intersection crash risks

Risk of crash at intersection of access tracks and public roads due to non-complying sight lines, stopping distance and lack of lighting.

MM-TP01 Traffic Management Plan

Neg

ligib

le

Maj

or

Maj

or

Po

ssib

le

High MM-TP04 Road Safety Audit - minor relocation of non-compliant access tracks to achieve conforming sight distance requirements. Provide flag lighting during active access track use.

Min

or

Maj

or

Maj

or

Rar

e

Medium A8

TP 9 TP9 Traffic and Transport

Crash with a train at a level crossing

Crash with a train at a level crossing due to increased traffic activity and new access tracks.

MM-TP01 Traffic Management Plan

Min

or

Seve

re

Seve

re

Un

like

ly

High MM-TP02 Level crossing audit to identify required measures to conform to safety standards

Maj

or

Seve

re

Seve

re

Rar

e

Medium A8

HH 1 HH1 Historic heritage

Direct disturbance of identified historic heritage

Disturbance of identified historic heritage places (included in the Heritage Overlay, VHR, VHI) by construction works resulting in loss of heritage value.

No initial mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

High MM-HH01 Horizontal directional drilling

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Low HH2

HH 2 HH2 Historic heritage

Disturbance of unidentified historic heritage

Disturbance of unidentified historic heritage places and sites by construction works resulting in loss of heritage value.

MM-HH02 Unexpected cultural heritage finds procedure

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low HH3

HH 3 HH3 Historic heritage

Indirect disturbance of identified historical heritage

Indirect disturbance of identified historical heritage places and sites (included in the Heritage Overlay, Victorian Heritage Register, Victorian Heritage Inventory) by construction works resulting in loss of heritage value.

MM-HH03 Dilapidation survey for VHR site (Former BP refinery administration building H1016, HO240).

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low HH1

NV 2 NV2 Noise and vibration

Construction noise (pipeline)

General construction works along the pipeline causes an increase in noise or vibration that affects the amenity at sensitive receptors.

MM-NV01 Manage noise with reference to EPA Vic guidelines 1254 (Section 2) and EPA Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building and demolition guide” MM-NV02 EPA construction noise guideline levels

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-NV04 Adopt at-receptor management measures when onsite mitigation measures cannot control emissions (e.g. works notification, individual briefings and/or respite)

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low E4, E6, E7, E8

Page 103: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

34

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

NV 3 NV3 Noise and vibration

Construction noise (facilities)

Construction of Pakenham and Crib Point facilities cause an increase in noise or vibration that affects the amenity at sensitive receptors.

MM-NV01 Manage noise with reference to EPA Vic guidelines 1254 (Section 2) and EPA Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building and demolition guide” MM-NV02 EPA construction noise guideline levels

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low E4, E6, E7, E8

NV 4 NV4 Noise and vibration

Out of hours construction noise (pipeline)

Out of hours night work causes an increase in noise that affects amenity and causes sleep disturbance at sensitive receptors.

MM-NV01 Manage noise with reference to EPA Vic guidelines 1254 (Section 2) and EPA Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building and demolition guide” MM-NV02 EPA construction noise guideline levels

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Alm

ost

cer

tain

High MM-NV05 Design site specific acoustic treatment to reduce the noise transmission from HDD and boring works by at least 10dB in Hastings MM-NV04 Adopt at-receptor management measures when onsite mitigation measures cannot control emissions (e.g. works notification, individual briefings, respite or temporary alternative accommodation) MM-NV06 Noise and vibration monitoring

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Like

ly

Medium E4, E6, E7, E8, E10

NV 5 NV5 Noise and vibration

Cumulative construction noise

Construction works for concurrent projects causes longer or higher levels of noise disturbance at sensitive receptors.

MM-NV01 Manage noise with reference to EPA Vic guidelines 1254 (Section 2) and EPA Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building and demolition guide” MM-NV02 EPA construction noise guideline levels

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-NV07 Consultation and collaboration with other projects to manage cumulative impacts where applicable

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low E4, E6, E8

NV 6 NV6 Noise and vibration

Construction vibration (amenity)

Vibration from construction works causes human disturbance.

MM-NV01 Manage vibration with reference to EPA Vic guidelines 1254 (Section 2) and EPA Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building and demolition guide” MM-NV03 Adopt set back distances derived using BS6472-1:2008 criteria.

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low MM-NV08 Equipment substitution to minimise vibration impacts • Consultation

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Rar

e

Very low

E4, E6, E9,

NV 7 NV7 Noise and vibration

Construction vibration (damage)

Vibration from construction works cause structural damage to buildings and underground services.

MM-NV01 Manage vibration with reference to EPA Vic guidelines 1254 (Section 2) and EPA Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building and demolition guide” MM-NV03 Adopt set back distances derived using BS6472-1:2008 criteria.

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low MM-NV08 Equipment substitution MM-NV06 Vibration monitoring of sensitive buildings / structures inside safe working distances. MM-NV09 Condition survey of properties within safe working distances.

Min

or

Min

or

Rar

e

Very low

E4, E6, E9,

Page 104: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

35

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

B 1 B1 Business Disruptions to business operations

Changes to road and/or car parking conditions during construction restricts access for customers, staff and deliveries, disrupting business operations.

Early communication with businesses. Maximise temporary access for staff, deliveries and customers in accordance with mitigation measures listed in EES Technical Report J: Transport impact assessment (MM-TP01) MM-BU01 Pipeline alignment change to Stony Point rail corridor

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

cer

tain

Medium Planning for the construction period would consider the treatment of parking spaces during the construction phase to limit any adverse effects and would consider alternative parking arrangements if needed, in accordance with mitigation measures listed in EES Technical Report J: Transport impact assessment (MM-TP01). N

eglig

ible

Neg

ligib

le

Po

ssib

le

Low A7

B 2 B2 Business Changes to amenity (air quality and noise impacts)

Construction activities cause adverse changes to amenity experienced from businesses where amenity is part of the customer experience.

Use of water trucks to spray roads during especially dusty works in accordance with mitigation measures listed in EES Technical Report G: Air quality impact assessment (MM-AQ01). Managing noise from construction activities in accordance with mitigation measures listed in EES Technical Report H: Noise and vibration impacts assessment (MM-NV01). MM-BU01 Pipeline alignment change to Stony Point rail corridor

Neg

ligib

le

Po

ssib

le

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Neg

ligib

le

Po

ssib

le

Low E1, E4, E6

HG 1 HG1 Hydrogeology Groundwater users

Dewatering reduces groundwater levels at registered groundwater bores.

No initial mitigation measures identified

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low MM–HG01 Dewatering activities will be limited in duration

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Un

like

ly

Very low

T5

HG 2 HG2 Hydrogeology Potential GDEs

Dewatering reduces groundwater levels at potential GDEs and/or watercourses.

No initial mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low MM-HG01 Dewatering activities will be limited in duration

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low T5

HG 3 HG3 Hydrogeology Saline intrusion

Dewatering reduces groundwater levels causing saline intrusion.

No initial mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low MM-HG01 Dewatering activities will be limited in duration

Min

or

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Rar

e

Very low

T5

HG 4 HG4 Hydrogeology Drilling mud Uncontrolled loss of drilling muds during trenchless installation, which affects groundwater quality.

MM-HG03 Use contractor(s) suitably qualified and experienced in trenchless installation techniques

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low MM-HG02 Drilling muds used in horizontal directional drilling should be biodegradable and non-toxic, where geotechnical conditions allow

Min

or

Min

or

Rar

e

Very low

D7

HG 5 HG5 Hydrogeology Overland flow to groundwater

Poor quality overland flow entering groundwater via trench or bell holes.

No initial mitigation measures identified M

ino

r

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low Trenched watercourse crossings should be constructed during no or low flow conditions as per EES Technical Report C: Surface water impact assessment. MM-HG04 Minimise the time that trench sections and bell holes are open

Min

or

Min

or

Rar

e

Very low

T4

Page 105: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

36

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

HG 6 HG6 Hydrogeology Water supply If groundwater used for construction phase - drawdown from water supply reduces groundwater levels at groundwater users (incl. potential GDEs and registered bores).

MM-HG05 Sourcing of groundwater for construction supply (if required) will be in accordance with relevant legislation.

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Rar

e

Very low

No additional mitigation measures identified

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Rar

e

Very low

G3

HG 7 HG7 Hydrogeology Loss of registered bores

Registered bores become damaged, lost (destroyed) or inaccessible thereby impacting bore user.

No initial mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Like

ly

Medium MM-HG06 Visual confirmation of location of potentially impacted bores and make-good arrangements.

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Rar

e

Very low

G4

C 1 C1 Contamination Contaminated soil

Disturbance, handling, storage or disposal of contaminated soils that affects human health via direct contact; surface water due to contaminated runoff; and groundwater due to leaching of contaminants from soils

MM-C01 Environmental Management Plan with reference to the SEPP (PMCL), Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009 and EPA Victoria Publication 621 - Soil Hazard Categorisation and Management.

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low T9, T11, W8

C 2 C2 Contamination Acid Sulfate Soils

Disturbance, handling, storage, treatment or disposal acid sulfate soils that results in generation of acidic waters that affects human health via direct or secondary contact, surface water and/or groundwater quality.

MM-C02

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Min

or

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low T13

Page 106: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

37

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

C 3 C3 Contamination PASS activation

Generation of acid leachate through oxidation of previously submerged soils (dewatering from trenches and bell holes) leads to generation of acidic waters that affects human health via direct and secondary contact, surface water and/or groundwater quality.

MM-C02 Environmental Management Plan with reference to Industrial Waste Management Policy (Waste Acid Sulfate Soils) 1999 and EPA Victoria - Publication 655.1 Acid Sulfate Soil and Rock Minimise duration and extent of dewatering activities - dewater immediately prior to installation of pipe Minimise the time that trench sections and bell holes are open

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Rar

e

Very low

No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Rar

e

Very low

T13

C 4 C4 Contamination Contaminated groundwater

Contaminated groundwater encountered during pipeline construction that affects human health via direct and secondary contact and the environment, due to inappropriate handling, storage and disposal.

MM-C04 Environmental Management Plan with reference to the SEPP (Waters), Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009 and PFAS NEMP Treat contaminated groundwater onsite, disposed offsite to an EPA Victoria licensed facility or adopt construction approach where contaminated groundwater may be left in situ

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low T12

C 5 C5 Contamination Dewatering of non-contaminated, acidic and/or brackish water

Dewatering activities affects soil, surface water and/or groundwater quality.

MM-C04 Environmental Management Plan with reference to SEPP (Waters) and Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009 Treat dewatered non-contaminated, acidic and/or brackish groundwater prior to discharge in accordance with mitigation measures in EES Technical Report: Surface water impact assessment, or dispose water that cannot be treated to meet the relevant discharge criteria to an EPA Victoria licensed facility M

ino

r

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low T12

C 6 C6 Contamination Contaminant migration

Dewatering (during trenching and thrust-boring works) results in intersection of contaminated groundwater and/or mobilisation of contaminant plumes from outside the Project Area impacting on beneficial uses.

MM-C04 Environmental Management Plan with reference to SEPP (Waters) and Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009. Treat contaminated groundwater prior to discharge, dispose to an EPA Victoria licensed facility or adopt construction approach where contaminated groundwater may be left in situ

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low T12

Page 107: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

38

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

C 7 C7 Contamination Drilling Mud Inappropriate management, handling and disposal of drilling mud that affects human health and the environment.

MM-C05 Environmental Management Plan with reference to Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009 and EPA Victoria industrial Waste – Classification for Drilling Mud. Prevent discharge from trenchless drilling sites as per EES Technical Report C: Surface water impact assessment. Use biodegradable and non-toxic drilling mud, where geotechnical conditions allow as per EES Technical Report D: Groundwater impact assessment. Drilling conducted by HDD specialist contractor as per EES Technical Report D: Groundwater impact assessment.

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low

No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low

W9, D1

C 8 C8 Contamination Contaminated hydrostatic test water

Inappropriate handling, storage and disposal of water from hydrostatic test affects human health via direct and secondary contact, soil surface water and/or groundwater quality.

MM-C06 Environmental Management Plan with reference to SEPP (Waters). Oxygen scavengers and biocides would be added as required to hydrotesting water, and would be neutralised before disposal Water quality criteria to be met for discharge to land as per EES Technical Report C: Surface water impact assessment.

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low F10, H3, H4, H5, H7

C 9 C9 Contamination Unknown contamination

Unknown contamination encountered and disturbed during construction results in an impact to human health and the environment.

MM-C07 Develop and implementation of Environmental Management Plans Cessation of ground disturbance at the unknown contamination location and within the immediate vicinity. Assessment of the discovered contamination and determination of appropriate remedial action.

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low T10

C 10 C10 Contamination Dust from contaminated stockpile

Dust from contaminated soil/stockpile blown by wind affects human health via direct contact, soil and/or surface water quality

Dust suppression (e.g. water sprays, stockpiles sprays) and covering vehicle loads as per EES Technical Report G: Air quality impact assessment. Odorous soils to be managed as per EES Technical ReportG: Air quality impact assessment.

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low MM-AQ05 Covering vehicle loads

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low E2

C 11 C11 Contamination Spill (construction)

Leaks or spillages during construction from machinery/plant, fuel and chemical storage impact human health via direct and secondary contact, and the environment.

MM-C08 Development and implementation of Environmental Management Plans Fuel/chemicals management procedures Spills management and refuelling of vehicles and mobile machinery as per EES Technical Report C: Surface water impact assessment.

Min

or

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low F8

Page 108: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

39

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

C 12 C12 Contamination Waste streams (construction)

Management of waste streams (solid inert, liquid, organic, packaging etc.) generated during Project construction affects aesthetics and the environment.

MM-C09 Development and implementation of Environmental Management Plans Waste management procedures.

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Po

ssib

le

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Po

ssib

le

Low W1, W3, W4, W7

ACH 1 ACH1 Aboriginal cultural heritage

Disturbance of unknown common ACH places

Disturbance of not previously registered common Aboriginal cultural heritage places resulting in loss of heritage value

MM-AH01 Unexpected finds procedure as stated in CHMPs 15383 and 15384 and 16300 contingencies to be followed. This would include stopping works within the specified buffer and undertaking investigations with AV and/or the RAP Cultural heritage induction

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low CH1

ACH 2 ACH2 Aboriginal cultural heritage

Disturbance of unknown rare ACH places

Disturbance of not previously registered rare ACH places resulting in loss of heritage value.

MM-AH01 Unexpected finds procedure as stated in CHMPs 15383 and 15384 and 16300 contingencies to be followed. This would include stopping works within the specified buffer and undertaking investigations with AV and/or the RAP Cultural heritage induction

Maj

or

Maj

or

Rar

e

Medium No additional mitigation measures identified

Maj

or

Rar

e

Medium CH1

ACH 3 ACH3 Aboriginal cultural heritage

Unauthorised disturbance of known ACH within the CHMPs 15383 and 15384 activity areas

Unauthorised disturbance of previously registered Aboriginal cultural heritage places within the activity area, resulting in loss of heritage value.

MM-AH01 Implement and comply with CHMPs 15383 and 15384) following approval under the Aboriginal Heritage Act 2006

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low CH1

ACH 4 ACH4 Aboriginal cultural heritage

Unauthorised disturbance outside CHMPs 15383 and 15384 and 16300 activity areas

Unauthorised disturbance of previously registered Aboriginal cultural heritage places outside of activity area in the CHMP resulting in loss of heritage value.

MM-AH01 Cultural heritage induction. MM-AH02 Facilities areas will be fenced off. Facilities areas will be fenced off. Construction areas will be demarcated. Compliance inspections by RAP.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Rar

e

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Rar

e

Low CH1, CH3

Page 109: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

40

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

ACH 5 ACH5 Aboriginal cultural heritage

Disturbance of not previously registered intangible ACH places

Disturbance of not previously registered intangible Aboriginal cultural heritage places (e.g. aesthetic, social, religious, historic or cultural values) resulting in loss of heritage value.

MM-AH01 Cultural heritage induction.

Maj

or

Maj

or

Rar

e

Medium No additional mitigation measures identified

Maj

or

Rar

e

Medium CH1

ACH 6 ACH6 Aboriginal cultural heritage

Disturbance to Aboriginal Ancestral remains

Disturbance of not previously registered Aboriginal ancestral remains resulting in loss of heritage value.

MM-AH01 Unexpected finds procedure as stated in CHMPs 15383 and 15384 and 16300 contingencies to be followed. This would include stopping works within the specified buffer and undertaking investigations with AV and/or the RAP. Cultural heritage induction

Seve

re

Seve

re

Rar

e

Medium No additional mitigation measures identified

Seve

re

Rar

e

Medium CH1

LU 1 LU1 Land use Land use (construction)

The proposed construction activities result in temporary land use changes, access or amenity impacts that are inconsistent with existing land uses and policy (in the local or regional setting), or reasonably foreseeable future land use directions for public and private land.

Minimise amenity impacts (refer to noise, air and agricultural mitigation measures).

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low

FF 1 FF1 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Native vegetation removal

Unauthorised removal of native vegetation within the construction footprint during construction.

Avoid, minimise and offset of native vegetation in accordance with the Guidelines for the removal, destruction or lopping of native vegetation (DELWP 2017). Pipeline Licence application to include all areas where the remocal of native vegetation is required. Implement and comply with the conditions of the Pipeline Licence.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-FF01 Unplanned vegetation loss

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low R12, R13

Page 110: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

41

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

FF 2 FF2 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Habitat removal (detected threatened fauna)

Removal of native vegetation during construction impacts habitat for threatened fauna (detected) Including: - Lewin's Rail - Eastern Great Egret - Blue-billed Duck Excluding Southern Brown Bandicoot and Growling Grass Frog.

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines and the Significant Impact Guidelines 1.1 (EPBC Matters): These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets. Project designed with HDD in further locations (including Watsons Creek, KP22.5, KP20.93) as well as a ROW reduction in multiple locations.

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Medium MM-FF01 Unplanned vegetation loss MM-FF03 Invasive weeds, pests, pathogens MM-FF05 Site rehabilitation

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Medium S2, S3, S4, S5, R12, R13

FF 3 FF3 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Habitat removal (unknown threatened fauna)

Removal of native vegetation during construction impacts habitat for threatened fauna (undetected), including: - Swamp Skink - Powerful Owl - Caspian Tern - Chestnut-rumped Heathwren

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets. Project designed with HDD in areas of dense vegetation.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-FF01 Unplanned vegetation loss MM-FF03 Invasive weeds, pests, pathogens MM-FF05 Site rehabilitation

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low S2, S3, S4, S5, R12, R13

FF 4 FF4 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Habitat removal (non-threatened fauna)

Removal of native vegetation during construction impacts habitat for non-threatened fauna.

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets.

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-FF01 Unplanned vegetation loss MM-FF05 Site rehabilitation MM-FF06 Topsoil rehabilitation

Neg

ligib

le

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Medium C3, C2, C1, C4, C5, C6, C8, T8, R2, R3, R12, R13

Page 111: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

42

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

FF 5 FF5 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Habitat removal (undetected threatened flora).

Potential removal of threatened flora and/or habitat during construction (including: - Marsh Sun-orchid - Austral Crane's-bill - Crested Sun-orchid - Crimson Sun-orchid - Creeping Rush). Habitat includes areas of Grassy Woodland, Heathy Woodland and near coastal Heathland. Excluding Pallid Sun-orchid and Gaping Sun-orchid.

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-FF01 Unplanned vegetation loss MM-FF05 Site rehabilitation MM-FF06 Topsoil rehabilitation Additional mitigation measure includes targeted surveys for species to establish presence in suitable locations, notably between KP1 and KP1.9.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low R12, R13

FF 6 FF6 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Habitat removal (non-threatened flora)

Removal of native vegetation during construction impacts habitat for non-threatened flora.

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets.

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Low MM-FF01 Unplanned vegetation loss

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Low B1, B2, B3, B4

FF 7 FF7 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Fauna injury (construction)

Construction activities physically injure fauna.

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets.

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low MM-FF08 Injury to fauna

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low B6, B7, B8, B9

FF 8 FF8 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Trench excavation works

Fauna becoming trapped in open trenches during construction causing injury or death.

No initial mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low MM-FF07 Trench entrapment MM-FF09d Southern Brown Bandicoot

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low B7, B8, T3, B11

Page 112: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

43

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

FF 9 FF9 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Southern Brown Bandicoot

Removal of habitat resulting in impact to Southern Brown Bandicoot habitat / populations (including habitat fragmentation).

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines and the and the Significant Impact Guidelines 1.1 (EPBC Matters): These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets. Targeted surveys resulted in further design revisions avoided SBB habitat (such as Cardinia Creek).

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

High MM-FF09 Southern Brown Bandicoot Project to have temporary (short-term) impacts, avoiding impacts on population viability

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Medium B11

FF 10 FF10 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Growling Grass Frog

Removal of habitat or introduction of Chytrid fungus resulting in impact to Growling Grass Frog habitat / populations.

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines and the and the Significant Impact Guidelines 1.1 (EPBC Matters): These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets. Targeted surveys for GGF resulted in narrowing of Right of Way or HDD at KP22.5, KP23.5, KP28.1 & from KP 34.6 to KP 35), HDD from KP 22.5 - KP 22.9, and at Cardinia Creek South and Cardinia Creek, Dee Creek/Tomuc Creek and Pakenham Creek).

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-FF03 Invasive weeds, pests, pathogens MM-FF11 Growling Grass Frog

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low B13, S2, S3, S4, S5

FF 11 FF11 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Dwarf Galaxias and Australian Grayling

Construction activities resulting in impacts to Dwarf Galaxias and/or Australian Grayling.

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines and the Significant Impact Guidelines 1.1 (EPBC Matters): These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-FF02 Aquatic fauna impacts MM-FF03 Invasive weeds, pests, pathogens

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low S2, S3, S4, S5, WC4

FF 12 FF12 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Merran's Sun-orchid

Construction activities impacting on individuals, or habitat of Merran's Sun-orchid.

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets Additional design alterations to avoid most (approximately 60%) of habitat and individuals of this species, including HDD and reduction in ROW between KP 1.1 to KP 1.6.

Seve

re

Seve

re

Alm

ost

Cer

tain

Very high

MM-FF05 Site rehabilitation MM-FF06 Topsoil rehabilitation MM-FF10 Merran’s Sun-orchid, Pallid Sun-orchid and Gaping Sun-orchid

Min

or

Min

or

Rar

e

Very low

B12, C3, C2, C1, C4, C5, C6, C8, T8, R2, R3, R12, R13

FF 13 FF13 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Construction activities impacting on individuals, or habitat of Gaping Sun-orchid and Pallid Sun-orchid.

Additional design alterations to avoid habitat and individuals for both species, including HDD and reduction in ROW between KP 1.1 to KP 1.6. EMP for Project (Mitigation measures: MM-FF01, MM-FF04, MM-FF05, MM-FF06, MM-FF10). Species habitat benefits from mitigation for Merran's Sun-orchid.

Seve

re

Seve

re

Un

like

ly

High MM-FF10 Pallid Sun-orchid and Gaping Sun-orchid

Min

or

Min

or

Rar

e

Very low

B1, B3, B12, C3, C2, C1, C4, C5, C6, C8, T8, R2, R3, R12, R13

Page 113: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

44

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

FF 14 FF14 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

River Swamp Wallaby-grass

Removal of habitat resulting in impact to River Swamp Wallaby-grass.

Additional design alteration to HDD under the population of River Swamp Wallaby-grass recorded in Bluescope at KP 13.6.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Rar

e

Low MM-FF01 Unplanned vegetation loss MM-FF05 Site rehabilitation

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Rar

e

Low B1, B3, R12, R13

FF 15 FF15 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Habitat fragmentation

Removal of vegetation results in edge effects, habitat fragmentation and loss of connectivity, leading to disruption to ecosystem function.

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets

Min

or

Min

or

Like

ly

Medium MM-FF03 Invasive weeds, pests, pathogens MM-FF05 Site rehabilitation MM-FF06 Topsoil rehabilitation MM-FF09 Southern Brown Bandicoot

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low B11, C3, C2, C1, C4, C5, C6, C8, T8, R2, R3, R12, R13

FF 16 FF16 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Weeds and pest

Environmental weeds, pathogens and pest animals in vegetation/habitat disrupt ecosystem function.

The pipeline alignment was selected and refined to minimise loss of remnant vegetation in accordance with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low MM-FF03 Invasive weeds, pests, pathogens MM-FF05 Site rehabilitation MM-FF06 Topsoil rehabilitation

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low C3, C2, C1, C4, C5, C6, C8, T8, R2, R3, R12, R13

FF 17 FF17 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Unintended clearing of native vegetation

Loss/damage to vegetation outside of the construction footprint.

As a minimum the project will comply withAS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Po

ssib

le

Low MM-FF01 Unplanned vegetation loss

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low B1, B3

FF 18 FF18 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Waders and waterbirds / migratory birds

Construction activities impact on waders/waterbirds/migratory bird species.

As a minimum the project will comply with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low MM-FF01 Unplanned vegetation loss MM-FF03 Invasive weeds, pests, pathogens MM-FF08 Injury and/or disturbance to fauna MM-FF12 Migratory birds MM-FF13 Surface water sedimentation and runoff

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Un

like

ly

Very low

B1, B3, B6, B14, C13, T5

FF 19 FF19 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Impacts to Western Port Ramsar Site

Construction activities impact on Western Port Ramsar Site

As a minimum the project will comply with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Po

ssib

le

Medium MM-FF01 Unplanned vegetation loss MM-FF03 Invasive weeds, pests, pathogens MM-FF08 Injury and/or disturbance to fauna MM-FF12 Migratory birds MM-FF13 Surface water sedimentation and runoff

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Un

like

ly

Very low

B1, B3, B6, C13, T5

Page 114: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

45

EES EMF Short Name Count

EES EMF Risk ID

Specialist study Risk name Risk pathway Initial mitigation measure Initial Risk Additional mitigation measure Residual Risk

Relative Performance

Standard and

Objectives Ref #

FF 20 FF20 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Construction noise and vibration impacts on fauna (excluding waders and waterbirds)

Construction noise and vibration impacts on fauna (excluding waders and waterbirds).

As a minimum the project will comply with AS2885.1-2012 Section 4.2 and the APGA Code of Environmental Practice: Onshore Pipelines. These documents specify the design, safety and environmental management requirements for the construction and operation of gas pipeline assets. Compliance with EPA 1254

Min

or

Min

or

Alm

ost

cer

tain

Medium MM-FF08 Injury and/or disturbance to fauna

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low B6, B7, B8, B9

FF 21 FF21 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

GDE's Construction activities impacting on the surface expression of GDE's (i.e. all areas of Swamp Scrub and Heathy Woodland).

No initial mitigation measures identified

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Po

ssib

le

Low Mitigation measures as per EES Technical Report D: Groundwater impact assessment.

Neg

ligib

le

Neg

ligib

le

Po

ssib

le

Low T5

FF 22 FF22 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Night lighting disturbing native fauna (excluding waders and waterbirds)

Night lighting causing abandonment of affected habitats. Stress/displacement of native fauna and disruption of ecosystem function.

No initial mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Like

ly

Medium Manage light generated during construction in general accordance with the Australian Standard AS 4282-1997 Control of the Obtrusive Effects of Outdoor Lighting

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low B14

FF 23 FF23 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Spill to water A spill of hazardous materials associated results in contaminated discharge to surface water

No initial mitigation measures identified

Min

or

Min

or

Po

ssib

le

Low MM-FF14 Surface water contamination

Min

or

Min

or

Un

like

ly

Low F1, F2, F4, F10, F11, F12

FF 24 FF24 Terrestrial and freshwater ecology

Dust Dust from construction activities impact on flora/fauna.

Dust suppression (e.g. water sprays, stockpiles sprays) and covering vehicle loads as per EES Technical Report G: Air quality impact assessment.

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low No additional mitigation measures identified

Mo

der

ate

Mo

der

ate

Un

like

ly

Low E2, E3

Page 115: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

46

Page 116: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

47

J Performance objectives and standards

Page 117: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

48

ATTACHMENT J TO PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

INDEX

Topic Page

Table 9-F: Performance standards (all activities) Site access and property management

Air, Noise & Vibration Management

Biodiversity

Cultural heritage

Historic heritage

Biosecurity

Surface water and Groundwater

Fuels & chemicals

Waste Sustainability and greenhouse gas

Table 9­G: Clear and Grade, Right of Way Maintenance

50

Table 9-H: Performance standards (Trench management) 70

Trench management 70

Table 9-I: Performance standards (Watercourse Crossings) 73

Watercourse Crossings 74

Table 9-J: Performance standards (HDD and Horizontal Boring) 76

Horizontal Directional Drilling & Thrust Boring 76

68

Page 118: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

49

Table 9-K: Performance standards (Hot works)

Hot works

78

Table 9-L: Performance standards (hydrostatic testing)

Cleaning, hydrostatic testing

79

Table 9-M: Performance standards (reinstatement)

Reinstatement

Pakenham Delivery Facility

81

.

Page 119: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

50

J Performance objectives and standards

The following performance standards address the environmental impacts and risks and legal requirements for

the Project. The standards cover design, management and mitigation measures. Monitoring and contingency

plans are also detailed.

The performance objectives and standards outlined in Table 9-F are general across the Project and are

applicable to all activities undertaken on the site. Performance standards applicable to specific activities are

further outlined below.

Table 9-F: Performance standards (all activities)

Performance Standards – all activities

Objective To plan and manage environmental impacts associated with the proposed construction activities.

Target Conformance with the relevant limits and controls specified in this performance standard.

Application The duration of the proposed works across all areas.

Ref Environmental Controls

Site access and property management

A1 Confine project construction works to the identified route and confirmed alignment. No activity may occur outside this area unless

permitted under existing or other approvals.

A2 Prior to any works commencing on a property, enter into and implement agreements with the landowners and occupiers regarding the

use of existing roads or tracks, the selection of new access routes and any property-specific measures to implement during construction

and operations, such as:

a. Access across the ROW during construction

b. Stock management, access and exclusion

c. Management of overland flow

Page 120: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

51

Ref Environmental Controls

d. Biosecurity

e. Relocation / duplication of facilities and infrastructure

f. Planting and screening vegetation.

A3 Crossing water infrastructure

Prior to any works commencing on a property, agree with the landholders, occupiers and/or operators of water infrastructure methods

and timing of construction for crossings of water transfer infrastructure.

A4 Management of third party services

Avoid interruption of third party services where reasonably practicable.

Where the interruption of identified third party services cannot be reasonably avoided, enter into agreements with the affected third

parties prior to interruption of the service.

A5 Inform landowners and occupiers of the construction commencement, and details of the proposed construction programme, in

accordance with the Consultation Plan, which must be updated to set out the project schedule.

A6 Comply with landowner and occupier agreements.

A7 Include a copy of a Site plan in the site induction pack.

Ensure that a copy of the site plan is available to site supervisors at all times during construction

The Site plan must clearly delineate the construction Right of Way, extra workspaces, access points and sensitive areas (e.g. native

vegetation) in or adjacent to the relevant section of the Site.

A8 Prepare and submit a Traffic Management Plan (TMP), for approval by the relevant local government authorities and VicRoads, prior to

the commencement of construction.

Once approved, the TMP must be implemented to the satisfaction of the approval authorities.

The TMP must include the following:

- Stakeholder and communications arrangements

- Public transport and school bus disruption management

- Pedestrian & cyclist connectivity

- Level crossing audit requirements for the level crossing adjacent to Frankston-Flinders Road

- Road safety audit requirements, including review of performance of key intersections and safe intersection sight distance (SISD) and

Page 121: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

52

Ref Environmental Controls

any necessary mitigation measures. Key intersections are to include as a minimum, (unless otherwise agreed with the relevant

authorities):

Tyabb-Tooradin Road/ Bungower

Western Port Highway/Bungower Road

Western Port Highway /Tyabb-Tooradin Road

Frankston-Flinders/Road / Western Port Highway/ Denham Road

Frankston-Flinders Road / Marine Parade

Woolleys Road / Stony Point Road

- Car parking management

- Pavement strength survey and condition assessment requirements

- The design, construction and management measures for access point intersections to provide safe vehicle movements

A9 Restricted vehicle movements

After arrival at the Project site, all construction vehicles and plant must remain within the construction footprint or on public roads and

designated access tracks, unless undertaking survey or property management activities with prior agreement of the land owner.

A10 Inspect vehicles and plant daily to ensure that combustible materials such as grass and debris do not build up in areas where ignition

may occur.

A11 Vehicle and pedestrian access

Where vehicle and pedestrian access are altered during construction, reinstate pre-existing vehicle and pedestrian access as part of

completion of construction, in accordance with relevant road design standards and in consultation with landholders and any other

relevant third parties.

A12 Landscape screening

Where a reasonable request for landscape screening (planting) is received from affected landowners or adjoining neighbours associated

with above ground pipeline infrastructure, the request will be subject to review by APA.

APA will consider matters including the following:

(i) proximity of proposed planting to buried pipeline, above ground facilities and any other existing infrastructure;

(ii) pipeline inspection and line-of-sight requirements;

(iii) site access and visibility;

(iv) fire safety; and

(v) regulatory considerations.

Page 122: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

53

Ref Environmental Controls

Where the request is from an adjoining neighbour, implementation would also be subject to agreement from the relevant landowner

and any occupier.

Agreed landscaping will be documented and implemented pursuant to Performance Standard A2: agreements made with the

landowners and occupiers regarding any property-specific measures to implement during construction and operations.

A13 Materials and finishes

Select materials and finishes that appropriately respond to the environment and be complementary to the setting.

A14 Reflective surfaces

Minimise the use of reflective surfaces on infrastructure to reduce reflection of artificial light where practicable.

Air, Noise & Vibration Management

E1 Restrict speed within the site boundary including access tracks to a maximum of 40kph.

E2 Manage site activities to ensure dust is not a hazard.

Undertake observational monitoring of dust along the construction right of way (ROW) where adjacent to sensitive receptors, including

monitoring of fine particulates.

Implement control measures to prevent dust generation and/or suppress generated dust, as directed by the APA Construction

Manager based on the level of risk. The APA Construction Manager must take into consideration:

• Observational monitoring;

• Weather patterns; hot, dry, windy forecasts;

• Ground cover .i.e. exposed surfaces;

• Type and moisture content of soil present; and

• Type of activities being conducted, such as vehicle movement, vegetation clearing and excavation.

Control measures used may include:

• Water carts used on unsealed work areas;

• crushed rock placed on existing permanent unsealed access tracks where agreed with relevant stakeholders

Page 123: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

54

Ref Environmental Controls

• Water spray units used on soil stockpiles and during the loaded and unloaded of dust generating materials .i.e. soil/sand/fill and

aggregates; and

• Vehicle loads covered when carrying dust (or litter) generating material.

E3 Temporarily modify or suspend dust generating activities until conditions subside if all available methods of dust prevention and

suppression fail to control dust emissions beyond the Site boundary.

E4 Maintain vehicles, plant and machinery in good working order.

E5 Construction may occur up to 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Normal working hours will be between 7 am and 6 pm weekdays and 7

am to 1 pm Saturday. Work outside normal working hours may only occur if it is unavoidable or otherwise consistent with E7. Where, for

practical reasons, out-of-hours work is unavoidable, it must only occur with prior approval by the APA Construction Supervisor and

verified by an independent and qualified environmental assessor in accordance with E7 and be managed in accordance with E7.

E6 Managing noise from construction activities

Manage construction noise and vibration with reference to EPA Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building and demolition guide”.

Develop and implement a plan to manage noise and vibration (CNVMP) during construction in consultation with the EPA and

approved by DELWP. The CNVMP and scheduling of works must be informed by modelling and/or monitoring undertaken by a suitably

qualified noise and vibration consultant prior to the construction activities occurring.

The CNVMP will include:

• strategies to manage critical works through townships or other sensitive regions affected by the pipeline works including Hastings;

• site specific noise controls to be implemented at the HDD locations listed in Performance Standard D9; and

• an appropriate stakeholder communication strategy that incorporates complaint management procedures and includes prior

communication advice and notices to affected residents, with assessment conducted prior to any night works taking place, and

timely communication of noise monitoring results, on request, to affected residents;

Noise and vibration monitoring commitments and response protocols for managing complaints and exceedances above nominated

noise criteria;

The CNVNP will also include the following general good practice techniques:

Using the lowest-noise work practices and equipment that meet the requirements of the job.

Locating and positioning site buildings, access roads and plant to minimise noise disturbance at the locality.

Page 124: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

55

Ref Environmental Controls

Installing broadband reversing alarms on construction vehicles and machinery in preference to 'beeper' reversing alarms. The site will

also be planned to minimise the need for reversing of vehicles.

Turning off plant and vehicles when not being used.

Taking care not to drop spoil and construction materials that cause peak noise events.

Undertaking all reasonable and feasible mitigation actions to minimise the impact on sensitive receptor locations. Measures may

include (but are not limited to) the following onsite mitigation measures:

Scheduling noisier works during normal business hours, deemed to have a lower impact to sensitive receptors.

Adopting engineering noise controls at the source (e.g. silencer, mufflers, enclosures) by the best practical means using current

technology – Expected reduction of 10 dB to 15 dB.

Installation of onsite barriers such as hoardings or temporary enclosures to provide a noise barrier between any particularly noisy

construction works and the sensitive receptor - Expected reduction of 5 dB to 10 dB.

Limiting normal works between 6am and 7am to the arrival of staff on site, toolbox meetings and pre-work checks.

Minimising the use of loud equipment, generation of unnecessary noise and the movement of vehicles on the construction

footprint outside normal working hours, including scheduling noisier works during less sensitive hours

Providing respite periods by restricting the hours that the very noisy activities can occur.

E7 Offsite noise management measures

Implement offsite management measures where measured or predicted construction noise exceeds the following noise management

levels at sensitive receptors.

Levels in the following table are not noise limits but represents a threshold that triggers an action to minimise the noise impact at the

receptor after all reasonable and feasible measures have been implemented to manage construction noise impacts onsite.

Background noise levels will be established representing the time at which the construction works will take place in locations where

measured or predicted noise levels exceed the following noise management levels at sensitive receptors.

Include details in works notifications for unavoidable night works of the specified tasks that cannot be done during normal working hours

7 Noise management levels

Management measures LAeq (15 min)

EPA Normal working hours

Mon-Fri: 6am - 6pm External construction noise

level:

Works notification

Page 125: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

56

Ref Environmental Controls

Sat: 6am - 6pm LAeq(15min) > 65dB(A)

Where significant

background noise indicates

and upon the agreement of

an independent and

qualified environmental

assessor, LAeq(15min) >

75dB(A)may be applied

EPA Evening/weekend hours and public holidays

Mon-Fri: 6pm -

10pm

External construction noise

level:

Works notification

Individual briefings

Specific notification

Respite offer LAeq(15min) > LA90,

Evening + 10 dB

Sat: 6pm - 10pm

Sun/Public Holiday:

6pm - 10pm

EPA Night hours

Mon-Sun: 10pm -

6am

Works notification

Individual briefings

Specific notification

Respite offer

Noise inaudible within a

habitable room of any

residential premises except

for unavoidable night works;

or

night period low-noise; or

managed-impact works

approved by an

independent and qualified

environmental assessor.

Affected residents to be

informed beforehand

EPA Unavoidable works at night

Mon-Sun: 10pm -

6am

External construction noise

level:

Targeted engagement with

impacted landholders to

discuss individual mitigation

options.

Options include:

-Provision of ear plugs or noise

cancelling headphones

-offer of respite

Where significant

background noise indicates

and upon the agreement of

the independent and

qualified environmental

Page 126: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

57

Ref Environmental Controls

assessor, LAeq(15min) >

55dB(A)may be applied

-offer of temporary relocation

in accordance with a Project

relocation policy.

Residents with special

requirements will be

consulted with on a case to

case basis.

E8 Schedule out of hours work in consideration of other projects occurring in the area to reduce cumulative noise impacts

Consult the EPA and the proponents of the projects listed below during detailed design and the construction planning phase for the

purpose of managing cumulative noise impacts associated with the following projects:

• Pakenham East rail depot construction and operation (Department of Transport)

• Healesville-Koo Wee Rup Road upgrade construction (Major Road Projects Victoria and the principal contractor)

• Crib Point Jetty upgrade construction works (Port of Hastings Development Authority)

• Crib Point Jetty operation (United Petroleum).

E9 Vibration safe working distances.

Where driven piling, vibratory compaction or other activity causing high levels of vibration are planned, derive safe working distances

using the values in the following standards:

British Standard BS 6472-1:2008 Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings. Vibration sources other than blasting

– Table 1 Vibration dose value ranges which might result in various probabilities of adverse comment within residential buildings

German Standard DIN4150-3:2016-12: Table 1 – Guideline values for vibration velocity for evaluating the effects of short-term vibration

on structures

German Standard DIN4150-3:2016-12: Table 3 – Guideline values for vibration velocity for evaluating the effects of short-term vibration

on buried pipework

An asset owner’s utility standards.

Where occupancies, structures and assets are within the derived safe working distance, implement additional management measures.

These measures include, but are not limited to:

Consultation with above and below ground utility asset owners to establish construction vibration limits to maintain asset integrity

Condition survey of sensitive buildings and assets within safe working distances.

Page 127: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

58

Ref Environmental Controls

Selecting equipment that would emit lower levels of vibration.

Vibration monitoring of sensitive buildings and rectification of any damage in consultation with the land owner.

E10 Noise and vibration monitoring

Undertake noise and/or vibration monitoring during construction when:

noise sensitive residential property or properties are predicted (pursuant to the CNVMP) to be impacted by out-of-hours works to

confirm compliance with project noise targets.

buildings or assets are within 50 metres of driven piling, vibratory compaction or other activity causing high levels of vibration.

an asset owner’s utility standards are at risk of being exceeded.

a complaint is received regarding noise in relation to an ongoing activity.

Develop and implement a response plan to manage potential impacts if nominated targets derived pursuant to Standard E9 are

exceeded, including:

Any actions taken to rectify the exceedance.

Actions to minimise risk of reoccurrence.

Name of person(s) responsible for undertaking the required actions.

The type and duration of any further monitoring to be undertaken.

Biodiversity

B1

Confine vegetation clearing works to the RoW, extra work spaces and access points (construction area). The boundary of the

construction area will be clearly demarcated with survey pegs. If there is any loss of native vegetation outside of the construction area,

it will be offset pursuant to Standard B2.

B2

Offset native vegetation that is proposed to be cleared in accordance with the Guidelines for the removal, destruction or lopping of

native vegetation (DELWP 2017) prior to the clearing commencing.

Page 128: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

59

Ref Environmental Controls

B3 Retain native vegetation that is identified for retention. Identify and clearly demarcate on site environmental features to be retained

within or directly adjacent to, the construction footprint as identified in Attachment G – Environmental Line List.

B4 Reduce right of way

Reduce the width of the right of way at environmentally sensitive locations as identified in Attachment G – Environmental Line List.

B5 If it is necessary to trim branches of trees located outside the construction area that overhang the construction area, a qualified arborist

must undertake the trimming.

B6 Woody vegetation, trees and hollows to be removed must be inspected for fauna by a suitably qualified and authorised wildlife

handler immediately prior to removal. This inspection will include:

A walk-through/visual inspection of the habitat to be removed immediately prior to clearance to identify any fauna and move on,

capture and relocate.

Provision of advice on clearing techniques that minimise fauna impact. These techniques must be employed.

Recording of important fauna interactions, listing the species concerned, the nature of the interaction and GPS coordinates. These

records must be maintained in accordance with requirements of section 7.9 of the CEMP.

Identification of logs and hollows to be retained for reinstatement as fauna habitat, including for Southern Brown Bandicoot shelters

(See R14). These logs and hollows must be retained and reinstated.

B7 Inspect work areas, particularly excavations and open trench, for fauna at the start of each work day and remove any trapped fauna.

B8 Native fauna that are to be relocated must be relocated by suitably qualified and authorised fauna handlers only. Records of all

relocations must be retained in accordance with requirements of section 7.9 of the CEMP.

B9 Welded pipe strings must be end capped to prevent fauna entry.

B10 Swamp Skink

Implement the following measures where areas of Swamp Skink habitat are identified in the Environmental Line List (Attachment G), to

reduce impacts:

Clear and grade activities will occur preferentially in warmer months (late Spring to early Autumn) when skinks are more active and

better able to avoid activities.

Page 129: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

60

Ref Environmental Controls

A suitably qualified and authorized fauna handler will complete an inspection of the habitat area immediately prior to any vegetation

removal (including ground cover).

If clear and grade occurs during cooler months, when skinks may be in burrows (April to September or as determined by a fauna

ecologist), a suitably qualified and authorized fauna handler will be present during topsoil stripping to monitor the area and inspect

stripped material.

A suitably qualified and authorized fauna handler will complete an inspection of topsoil and vegetation stockpiles prior to

respreading.

Erosion and sediment controls and temporary fencing will be inspected for sheltering skinks prior to removal.

Relocate any individuals that are captured during the inspections described above to the nearest adjacent habitat away from the

construction area.

B11 Southern Brown Bandicoot

Following clearing, install fencing suitable to exclude the Southern Brown Bandicoot at the edges of the construction area where it is

adjacent to any of the of Southern Brown Bandicoot habitat areas identified in the Environmental Line List (Attachment G) to reduce

the likelihood of animals entering the construction area. Monitor fencing and complete repairs as required.

In the event that Southern Brown Bandicoot are discovered within the construction area, all mobile construction equipment in the

surrounding area must cease work, excluding use of light vehicles to move staff to and from the area. Mobile construction equipment

must not recommence work until a suitably qualified and authorised wildlife handler has removed the individual or it has been

confirmed that individual has left the workspace. Captured individuals will be removed and relocated to nearest adjacent habitat

away from the construction area.

If night time activities are required within or adjacent to any of the identified locations of Southern Brown Bandicoot habitat, a suitably

qualified and authorised wildlife handler must be available to the construction site.

Establish temporary Southern Brown Bandicoot shelters (shelters or bandicoot hide) to provide interim cover / refuge whilst vegetation is

re-established at the Southern Brown Bandicoot habitat areas identified in the Environmental Line List (Attachment G). Shelters are to be

no more than 100 m apart through areas of continuous habitat.

See also reinstatement standards (R14).

B12 Merran's Sun-orchid, Pallid Sun-orchid and Gaping Sun-orchid

Avoid known Merran's Sun-orchids, Pallid Sun-orchids and Gaping Sun-orchids locations (as identified in the Environmental Line List -

Page 130: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

61

Ref Environmental Controls

attachment G) and clearly demarcate these areas within the construction area. Exclude activities that may cause impact to minimise

risk of indirect or accidental impacts.

The Project Environmental Advisor must supervise the placement of the return line

The return line must be micro-sited to avoid threatened orchids.

The Project Environmental Advisor must supervise the dismantling of the return line and inspect the habitat following completion of

drilling.

Treat any release of drilling mud within the location of an identified orchid population (Environmental Line List- attachment G) as a

Major Spill in accordance with the Spill Response Contingency Plan (Attachment F).

Contain and collect any spills of drilling mud within the location of an identified orchid population. Disturbance to soil and damage to

groundcover plants must be avoided or minimised if avoidance is not practicable.

Develop a relocation protocol in consultation with DELWP if further individuals are identified within areas of planned impact.

B13 Growling Grass Frog

Implement the following mitigation measures to manage impacts to the Growling Grass Frog:

a. Two nocturnal pre-clearance surveys of the construction footprint for the Growling Grass Frog (as per Commonwealth of Australia

2009c) will be undertaken at each of the following locations within four days prior to clear and grade activities commencing, but

only if clear and grade activities at these locations are to occur during the breeding season (spring and summer):

a. Farm Dam adjacent to KP21.5: KP21.4 to KP21.6

b. Western Outfall Drain: KP 30.8. to KP 31.8

c. Cardinia Creek: between KP 39.9 and the western cadastral boundary of Crown Allotment 24A Parish of Koo Wee Rup

d. Cardinia Creek: section of the access track linking to Ballarto Road, where it lies directly adjacent to Lot 1 Title Plan 828572X

e. Lower Gum Scrub Creek, Deep Creek and Toomuc Creek: KP 40.8 to KP 40.9

f. Lower Gum Scrub Creek, Deep Creek and Toomuc Creek: between the eastern cadastral boundary of Crown Allotment

97F Parish of Nar-nar-goon and KP 41.5

b. Any Growling Grass Frog that can be located within the proposed construction footprint during these surveys will be relocated to

suitable locations, as determined by the ecologist conducting the survey, within the adjacent waterways.

c. If night time activities are required during the breeding season (spring and summer) within the survey areas described in (a), a

suitably qualified and authorised wildlife handler will be available to the construction site.

d. Hygiene protocols as set out in Murray et al. (2011) will be followed when conducting the surveys described in (a).

Page 131: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

62

Ref Environmental Controls

B14 Lighting impacts to fauna

Manage light generated during construction in general accordance with the guidance measures described in National Light Pollution

Guidelines for Wildlife Including Marine Turtles, Seabirds and Migratory Shorebirds.

Cultural Heritage

CH1 Manage cultural heritage in accordance with the Cultural Heritage Management Plans (CHMPs 15383 and 15384)

CH2 Avoid areas of cultural heritage significance where required by the project’s Cultural Heritage Management Plans (CHMP #15383 and

15384), (e.g. reduced ROW, realignment or trenchless construction).

Refer to CHMPs 15383 and 15384 for details.

CH3 Demarcate construction areas with survey pegs, fencing or other markers.

CH4 Include areas of cultural heritage significance to be avoided on site plans.

CH5 Install fencing and signage around areas of cultural heritage significance to be avoided in accordance with the requirements of the

CHMP.

CH6 Salvage cultural heritage artefacts prior to ground disturbance in accordance with any CHMP requirements.

CH7 Should cultural heritage artefacts be found during the project, implement and comply with the Cultural Heritage accidental finds

protocol in the relevant CHMP

Hot Works

HH1 Condition surveys and monitoring (former BP refinery administration building H1016)

Undertake a condition survey of the Victorian Heritage Register site (Former BP refinery administration building H1016, as identified in the

Environmental Line List (attachment G)), prior to commencing and following completion of construction. Rectify any damage deemed

to have resulted from the Project.

Page 132: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

63

Ref Environmental Controls

HH2 Horizontal directional drilling

Subject to further detailed geotechnical investigations confirming suitability, implement trenchless construction techniques to minimise

direct impacts on historic heritage values at the Denham Road farmhouse (VHI site H7921-0119), as identified in the Environmental Line

List (Attachment G).

HH3 Unexpected finds procedure

Should an unknown historic heritage site, value or object be discovered during construction, implement the Contingency Plan for

unexpected historic heritage finds (refer to Section 6.1).

Biosecurity

S1 Clean all vehicles and plant, including third parties, prior to arrival to the site consistent with A Guide for Machinery Hygiene for Civil

Construction (Civil Contractor’s Federation, 2011).

Inspect all vehicles and plant on arrival for weeds and seeds, with a record of the inspection to remain with the vehicle.

S2 Comply with Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service (AQIS) regulatory requirements for any vehicles, equipment or materials

sourced from overseas.

S3 Conduct a baseline weed survey of the Construction area prior to construction to identify locations of existing weed infestations

S4 Comply with relevant elements of existing property specific biosecurity plans which landholders operate under.

S5 Undertake soil sampling for Cinnamon Fungus Phytophthora cinnamomi, prior to construction at locations as follows:

every 200m through areas of native vegetation at the following locations (excluding areas to be subject to HDD):

o KP 0 to 2 Crib Point to Woolleys Rd

o KP 3 to 5 Warringine Park.

o KP 7.3 to 8.3 in the Stony Point rail corridor

o KP 13.7 to 14.4 in BlueScope

o KP 18.5 to 18.7 north of Bungower Rd

at points where the RoW intersects corridors/ discrete patches of native vegetation (as identified in the Environmental

Line List (Attachment G)).

Establish biosecurity clean-down locations at exits to sites where Cinnamon Fungus Phytophthora cinnamomi dieback is identified within

the ROW and implement containment (e.g. portable bunding) and appropriate treatment or disposal of removed soil and runoff.

Clean-down vehicles, machinery and personnel clothing each time they exit the area, up to clear and grade stage and from

reinstatement to the completion of construction.

Page 133: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

64

Ref Environmental Controls

Clean down must include the following steps:

scrape off soil (clumps, lumps and thick caked on soil), manure and organic material from vehicles, machinery and personnel

clothing with a shovel and/or hard bristled brush.

Spray/rinse with Phytoclean vehicles and machinery areas and footwear or other items areas that have contacted soil and contain

washdown waters in bunded area.

Communicate these locations and requirements to all personnel.

S6 Vehicles and plant are to be free of soil clumps and sods prior to exit from site.

Surface water and Groundwater

G1 Facilities design

Design and maintain the Pakenham Delivery Facility to maintain existing overland flow paths and to avoid increased flood risk upstream

of the site.

G2 Water Sensitive Urban Design (WSUD) treatments

Incorporate WSUD treatments into the site design for the Pakenham Delivery Facility to capture surface runoff and reduce pollutants in

accordance with the Best Practice Environmental Management Guidelines (CSIRO 1999).

Divert stormwater form upstream catchment around construction activities associated with the Pakenham Delivery Facility and

manage any potential sediment laden run off from the site in accordance with the EPA Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building

and demolition guide.

G3 Obtain and comply with Section 50 Licence to take and use water of the Water Act 1989 for sourcing of groundwater for construction

supply (if required).

G4 Undertake an up to date bore search, prior to construction, to identify any new bores that have the potential to be affected by the

works.

If a groundwater bore is impacted by construction activities, the location, condition and functionality of the bore will be visually

confirmed and make-good arrangements will be agreed in consultation with affected landholders, if required.

Fuels & chemicals

Page 134: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

65

Ref Environmental Controls

F1 Store and handle dangerous goods, as defined by the Australian Dangerous Goods Code, and flammable and combustible liquids in

accordance with all relevant Australian Standards including but not limited to the requirements of:

Australian Standards AS1940, AS1210, AS4343, AS3846, AS2941, AS/NZS60079;

EPA Publication 347: Bunding Guidelines;

EPA Victoria Publication 1698 – Liquid Storage and Handling Guidelines

Victorian Worksafe Codes of Practice;

Manufacturer’s instructions; and

Relevant safety data sheets.

F2 Implement the following measures:

The type and volume of liquid material (fuel, oil, lubricant) stored on-site for construction activities is to be limited to only that which

is required.

Liquid material will not be stored within 50 m of waterways.

All liquid material will be stored within containment facilities (e.g. bunded areas, leak proof trays) at a designated area(s) within the

site.

F3 Safety data sheets must be available for reference for all fuels and chemicals at the storage location.

F4 Provide apill kits at all locations where machinery/plant are operating, refuelling points and fuel and chemical storage locations.

Refuelling of vehicles and machinery (excluding hand held machines) on the ROW will:

a) be undertaken with appropriate measures to contain spills;

b) utilise auto shut off valves; and

c) not occur within 50m of a watercourse.

F5 Where flammable or combustible chemicals are required to be stored on-site, provide fire-fighting equipment proportionate to the risk

of the materials stored for the duration of the material storage.

F6 Provide and validate fire extinguishers (complying with relevant Australian Standards) in all construction vehicles

F7 Only qualified and trained personnel with knowledge of appropriate personnel protective equipment, chemical handling, spill response

and recovery procedures will handle chemicals within the site.

Page 135: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

66

Ref Environmental Controls

F8 Provide bunding for any Diesel generators

F9 Maintain Vehicles/plant/machinery/equipment in good condition to minimise the potential for leaks/spills to occur.

F10 Undertake daily vehicle and equipment inspections to check for oil, lubricant or fuel leaks and general wear and tear of hoses.

F11 Monitoring of chemical and fuel storage facilities

Undertake visual monitoring of chemicals and fuel storage facilities as part of routine operational practices, with inspections completed

weekly.

F12 Implement the Contingency Plan for Chemical/Fuel Spill Response should a spill/release occur (refer to Section 6.1).

Waste

W1 Manage waste in accordance with Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009, including establishment of

appropriate and secured waste storage locations on-site, as required.

W2 Manage waste in compliance with the EPA waste hierarchy - waste avoidance, waste re-use, waste recycling, and waste disposal.

W3 Identify suitable waste disposal locations prior to construction commencing in consultation with licenced waste contractors.

W4 Ensure that the work site is kept free of litter and waste.

Provide waste containers at each worksite to enable collection of waste, with regular removal from worksites to designated storage

areas.

Provide waste containers for different types of waste generated.

Provide lids on refuse containers to mitigate fauna access

W5 Place liquids, such as sump oil, diesel and kerosene that cannot be reused in labelled regulated waste drums.

Ensure that only licensed contractors collect the waste drums for recycling or licensed disposal.

W6 Dispose of any waste contaminated soil in accordance with EPA Publications IWRG 821: Waste Transport Certificates and IWRG 822:

Waste Codes and will require the use of EPA-registered trucks for transport of the soil to appropriately licensed landfills. Contaminated

soil will be remediated or disposed of at an EPA approved facility in accordance with EPA waste disposal guidelines.

Page 136: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

67

Ref Environmental Controls

W7 Provide portable toilet facilities for work construction crews at designated locations. Toilets will be self-bunded portables. Clearing of

portable toilet facilities, including waste collection and disposal, must be by a licensed waste contractor.

W8 Where excess soils, including HDD screened cuttings, are required to be disposed off-site, sample and categorise materials in

accordance with EPA Victoria Publications IWRG702 – Soil Sampling and IWRG621 – Soil Hazard Categorisation and Management.

W9 Dispose of drilling muds in accordance with Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009 and EPA Victoria

Industrial Waste – Classification for Drilling Mud, Victoria Government Gazette G37.

Maintain records of HDD mud disposal and keep for 2 years as per the EPA Victoria Industrial Waste – Classification for Drilling Mud.

W10 Provide appropriate receptacles for cigarette butt disposal.

Sustainability and greenhouse gas

SG1 Source local materials and labour

Source and use local materials, including those provided by suppliers, where they are of comparable quality and utility. Contractors will

provide reasonable opportunity for subcontractors and labour from regions local to the Site (including, without limitation, the shires of

Casey, Cardinia and Mornington Peninsula) to be engaged on the Works.

SG2 Low embodied energy materials

Source and use low embodied energy materials (e.g. substituting concrete mixes) where they are of comparable quality and utility.

SG3 Managing the quality of materials

Inspect the quality of key materials (i.e. pipe and pipe fittings) before supplying to site or ROW for installation to avoid additional

transport and handling of materials.

Page 137: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

68

Table 9-G: Performance standards (Clear and Grade, Right of Way Maintenance)

Performance Standards – clear and grade, Right Of Way Maintenance

Objective To plan and manage environmental impacts associated with the proposed clear and grade, and right of way maintenance

activities.

Target Retain soils and maintain soil condition. No sedimentation of water outside of the designated work areas.

Application During clear and grade activities and through construction to reinstatement.

Ref. Environmental Controls

Clear and Grade, Right of Way Maintenance

C1 Clear vegetation prior to stripping of topsoil.

C2 Topsoil must not be stripped when saturated.

C3 Topsoil will be stripped across the construction footprint to maximum depths determined during pre-construction surveys.

C4 Stripped topsoil must be stockpiled separately from woody material and subsoil stockpiles.

C5 Topsoil stockpile heights must not exceed two metres.

C6 Maintain gaps in the linear topsoil stockpiles at appropriate intervals for the movement of vehicles and fauna through the site.

C7 Manage soil stockpiles to reduce impacts to surface water runoff:

the creation of a continuous row of stockpiled materials that cause water to pond on the upstream side will be avoided.

where drainage lines intersect the RoW, flow diversion measures will be placed upstream of soil stockpiles.

surface water runoff from external catchments will be directed through regular gaps in soil stockpiles where erosion and sediment

controls (ESC) are installed to allow runoff to pass over the RoW at a controlled location without causing erosion.

C8 Install clear signposts for topsoil stockpiles, other than linear stockpiles on the ROW.

Page 138: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

69

Ref. Environmental Controls

C9 Establish and maintain ESC immediately after clear and grade activities.

C10 Implement ESC for the site in accordance with EPA Publication 275: Construction Techniques for Sediment Pollution Control.

C11 Restrict construction during the months of July, August or September (the “Winter Period”) or when soil saturation will result in excessive

compaction and surface rutting. During this period:

avoid clearing and grading, trenching and pipeline laying activities in low lying areas (between KP 15 to KP 47 or as otherwise

identified in the Environmental Line List (attachment G))

plan other works to minimise land and soil disturbance, considering the location and nature of the work to be undertaken,

including:

– Land Owner or Third Party agreements;

– site access;

– the likely ground and site conditions;

– the activities to be undertaken;

– whether the development of 'hardstand' areas or other ground protection measures is reasonably necessary for the work;

– whether residual risks can be appropriately mitigated with ESC.

C12 Monitor weather reports and warning services in order to efficiently plan construction works and review the capacity of ESC.

C13 Inspect diversion measures and ESC prior to forecast rain events

Maintain diversion measures and ESC in good condition.

Page 139: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

70

Table 9-H: Performance standards (Trench management)

Performance Standards – trench management

Objective To plan and manage environmental impacts associated with the proposed trenching activities and other excavations.

Target Maintain soil condition. No contamination of soils or groundwater.

Application During trenching, padding and backfill activities.

Ref. Environmental Controls

Trench management

T1 Identification of third party services

Identify and mark all third party services within the construction area, including on farm infrastructure, on the ground prior to

commencing trenching activities.

T2 Maintain stockpiles of trench spoil separate to stockpiles of topsoil.

T3 Maintain fauna egress points and fauna shelters in excavated pits and trenches not more than 250m apart.

T4 Minimise the duration that trench sections and bell holes are open to reduce the potential for poor quality runoff impacting

groundwater.

T5 Dewatering

Manage non-contaminated groundwater and surface runoff that enters the open trenches and bell holes in accordance with

SEPP (Waters).

Test water for pH and salinity prior to discharge to land.

If the pH is between 4 and 9, and salinity does not exceed 6,000 µS/cm, the water may be discharged to land in accordance

with this standard.

If the discharge criteria are not met, either:

– treat the water in situ so that the discharge criteria are met; or .

– dispose of the water to an EPA Victoria licensed facility.

Page 140: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

71

Ref. Environmental Controls

Manage dewatering of excavated trenches/bellholes to minimise sedimentation, including the use of sediment control devices

to remove suspended solids and dissipate flow as described in EPA Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building and demolition

guide”. Sediment control devices may include, but are not limited to:

i. settlement ponds

ii. floating pump intakes

iii. filtered intakes/outlets

Manage discharges to low gradient, stable, grassed areas and through ESC systems to prevent scour or erosion.

Water must be discharged and dispersed to minimise impacts to vegetation and having regard to water quality and quantity.

Discharge to land must not occur within 50 metres of watercourses.

Obtain prior approval from relevant authorities before any water is discharged directly to waterways or into stormwater drains.

Visually monitor any discharge to land.

Where groundwater is entering excavations, limit dewatering activities to two days or less in trenched sections and HDD tie-in bell

holes, and 10 days or less at thrust bore sections and thrust bore bell holes.

T6 Install trench breakers adjacent to watercourses, wetlands and steep slopes as shown in the standard drawing (CPT.2373-DWG-L-

0106).

T7 Compaction of backfill using excavated material will be carried out to reduce the potential for preferential lateral flow along the

trench and to ensure a similar compaction is achieved from backfilling to the level of compaction prior to trenching.

T8 Topsoil must not be used as a padding or backfill material.

T9 Manage material imported for use as backfill so as to comply with the EPA Victoria Publication IWRG621 – Soil Hazard Categorisation

and Management for ‘Fill Material’, and must be accompanied by relevant documentation confirming its compliance to the ‘Fil l

Material’ criteria.

T10 Visually inspect soil for possible soil contamination such as discolouration, odours, buried waste and abnormal soil structure.

Where potentially contaminated soils (including asbestos containing material) are uncovered during construction:

Cease ground disturbance at the location and within the immediate vicinity.

Assess site contamination and determine appropriate management actions in consultation with suitably qualified personnel.

If contamination is confirmed, notify the EPA as soon as reasonably possible.

T11 Contaminated Soils

Page 141: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

72

Ref. Environmental Controls

Manage contaminated soil in accordance with the SEPP (Prevention and Management of Contaminated Land) and the following

measures:

All Project personnel will be made aware of the presence of contaminated soils at the locations identified in the Environmental

Line List (Attachment G) and any new sites as they are identified.

An intrusive investigation will be undertaken in the area between KP7.3 and KP7.9 (including PFAS) once vegetation has been

cleared, to confirm the presence or absence of contaminated soils, due to historical and existing land uses. Should

contamination of soil and/or groundwater be encountered, appropriate management actions will be determined in consultation

with suitably qualified personnel.

Construction works during the Winter Period (as defined in C11) will be avoided unless conditions are such that contaminated soils

and surface water issues can be managed.

Contaminated soils will be left in situ to the extent possible.

Where it is necessary to excavate contaminated soils, they will be stockpiled separately, with containment and treatment

measures appropriate to the type of contamination present.

Handling and transport of contaminated spoil for off-site treatment/disposal will be in accordance with Environment Protection

(Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009 and waste management standards set out in this EMP.

T12 Contaminated groundwater/trench water

Manage contaminated groundwater/trench water in accordance with:

– SEPP (Waters)

– PFAS National Environmental Management Plan.

All Project personnel must be made aware of the presence of contaminated groundwater containing PFAS east of the former

Tyabb landfill (Environmental Line List - Attachment G).

Where there are open excavations adjacent to the former Tyabb landfill site, monitor the excavation for landfill gas as part of

morning pre-start checks and prior to any hot works commencing.

Minimise the disturbance of saturated soil and groundwater within the PFAS affected area and adopt measures to prevent

migration of PFAS into the surrounding soil or surface water.

Undertake an intrusive groundwater investigation in the area between KP7.3 and KP7.9 prior to commencing pipeline

construction, to confirm presence or absence of contaminated groundwater within the area, due to historical and existing land

uses.

Manage water from areas that have been identified as contaminated so that waters will not be discharged to the environment

(land, waterways, sewer).

Depending on the contaminant encountered and with EPA approval where necessary, contaminated water must be managed

appropriately by:

Page 142: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

73

Ref. Environmental Controls

– onsite treatment;

– disposal offsite to an EPA Victoria licensed facility; or

– being left in-situ (ie not abstracted or disturbed).

Where the potential for soil or groundwater contamination has been identified, any imported backfill materials must have similar

or lower hydraulic conductivity to the surrounding soils.

T13 Manage all soils in accordance with the Acid Sulfate Soils Management Protocol (Attachment K).

T14 Develop and provide a dewatering plan to DELWP Pipelines Group in circumstances where:

i) more than two days (48 hours) of dewatering is required at a trenched section or HDD tie-in bell-hole, or

ii) more than 10 days (240 hours) of dewatering is required at a thrust bore location, or

iii) Exceedance of these durations is anticipated to occur during the course of works.

The dewatering plan should include distance drawdown estimates to assess potential impacts to groundwater users, installation and

monitoring of shallow monitoring wells, and/or groundwater ingress mitigation measures.

Table 9-I: Performance standards (Watercourse Crossings)

Performance Standards – Watercourse crossings

Objective To plan and manage environmental impacts associated with the proposed watercourse crossings.

Target No destabilisation of the watercourse or sedimentation of water outside of the designated work areas.

Application During the installation of pipe across watercourses.

Page 143: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

74

Ref. Environmental Controls

Watercourse Crossings

WC1 For waterways managed by a Catchment Management Authority:

Obtain and comply with Catchment Management Authority permits for Works on Waterways for all work on a designated

watercourse (as identified Attachment G – Environmental Line List). All works must be completed in accordance with CMA permit

requirements. Work requiring a permit includes, but is not limited to, installation of temporary culverts, vegetation removal and

trenchless construction where entry/exit is within 30 m to the watercourse.

WC2 For waterways managed by Melbourne Water:

Submit for approval to Melbourne Water the proposed design and the work method statements, including HDD profiles where

applicable, prior to the commencement of works.

WC3 Watercourse trenchless crossing

Utilise trenchless construction methods where identified in the environmental line list (Attachment G), to avoid open cut

construction across flowing watercourses.

WC4 Watercourse trenching

Implement the following mitigation measures where trenching is undertaken over a watercourse:

Trenched crossings of ephemeral watercourses must only be constructed during no or low flow conditions.

Weather forecasts will be monitored to minimize the likelihood of having open trenches at the waterway when high rainfall

events are expected.

Where watercourses are trenched, all obstructions to flow will be removed after the pipe has been laid and backfilled.

The pipeline will be assembled and prepared so that it can be immediately installed once the trenching over the watercourse

has been undertaken.

The exposed trench within the watercourse and riparian zones will be reinstated immediately following the installation of the

pipeline.

Waterway reinstatement will be designed to avoid future erosion over the pipeline alignment. This may include the use of

riprap made of stones to stabilise the waterway.

Temporary ESC will be provided as needed to prevent erosion and scour until the vegetation has established.

Visual monitoring will be undertaken downstream of the trench during flow events if the trench has not been reinstated.

Temporary diversions will be provided if there is permanent or tidal flow in the waterway in accordance with International

Erosion Control Association (IECA) Best Practice Erosion and Sediment Control Appendix P: Land-based Pipeline Construction

(2008). Flow diversion measures may include pumps to ensure that water can be moved from one side of trench to the other,

Page 144: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

75

Ref. Environmental Controls

screened inlets (or other appropriate equipment) to minimise the entrapment of aquatic fauna and outlet structures that are

designed to avoid scouring of the channel.

A monitoring program will be implemented in accordance with the CASS BPMG (2010) to monitor for effects of ASS oxidation

and discharge of acidity into the waterway post-construction, unless soil testing has been undertaken at the location of the

crossing and confirmed that ASS/PASS is not present.

WC5 Above-ground grit blasting must not occur within 10m to top of bank of a watercourse

WC6 Soil and other materials must not be stockpiled near waterways. Material must be located away from the top of banks so that

there is no restriction to the flow.

Page 145: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

76

Table 9-J: Performance standards (HDD and Horizontal Boring)

Performance Standards – Horizontal Directional Drilling & Thrust Boring

Objective To plan and manage environmental impacts associated with the proposed HDD and thrust boring activities.

Target No loss of material or contamination of land or water outside of the designated work areas.

Application During the installation of HDD and thrust bored crossings.

Ref. Environmental Controls

Horizontal Directional Drilling & Thrust Boring

D1 Prepare and submit to DELWP for approval HDD drill profile design, the work method statement and the proposed volumetric drilling

fluid tracking program, including proposed intervention levels prior to the commencement of HDD activities.

D2 Develop and implement an Inspection and Test Plan to ensure quality control during the HDD activities.

D3 Construct earth bunds and drainage channels around the upper edges of drill sites and work areas, to divert natural run-off around and

away from the site so that it doesn’t mix with drilling compound runoff.

D4 Construct sump pits at the bottom of the drill site in accordance with the following: The sump pit should be positioned (during site

planning) so as all runoff from the drilling compound will flow into it. The sump pit should be of such dimensions to provide a buffer for

the drilling fluid returns. An earth bund should be placed around the sump pit to contain any spillage.

D5 Operate the sump pit to ensure it is pumped out into the mud system at the end of drilling each day.

D6 Prepare and implement a volumetric drilling fluid tracking program to monitor fluid use during drilling operations with defined levels for

fluid loss, stop works and further investigation.

D7 Drilling must use non-toxic (e.g. bentonite) and/or biodegradable drilling muds.

Page 146: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

77

The composition of HDD drilling muds and an assessment of their environmental risk will be included in the HDD Management Plan

required under D1.

D8 Provide appropriate spill response and clean-up equipment (e.g. sandbags, vac-truck) on-site during HDD activities. If a spill/release

occurs the Contingency Plan for Chemical Spill response (Attachment F) will be implemented (Refer also to section 6.1).

D9 HDD noise control

Design and maintain a minimum of 10 dB noise reduction works adjacent to the following HDD sites:

HDD Location 3: Warringine Park (northern work site)

HDD Location 4: Along the railway corridor, southern end of Hastings

HDD Location 5: Along the railway corridor, northern end of Hastings

HDD Location 6: Beneath Kings Creek along the railway corridor.

Provide storage of stationary equipment such as generators and pumps within shipping containers or suitable acoustic enclosures at all

HDD locations.

Carry out acoustic modelling and onsite monitoring to confirm the impacts of the design of site-specific mitigation during construction.

D10 Suitably qualified contractors

Use only Contractor(s) that are suitably qualified and experienced in trenchless installation techniques and piling installation.

D11 Inspections

Inspect he HDD alignment and return lines regularly on foot for mud release, at a frequency not less than 2-hourly

Page 147: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

78

Table 9-K: Performance standards (Hot works)

Performance Standards – Hot works

Objective To plan and manage environmental impacts associated with hot works during construction of the new pipeline.

Target No hot works impacts to land or property. No non-conformance with these performance standards.

Application The duration of pipeline construction.

Ref. Environmental Controls

Hot Works

F1 Only undertake hot-works on non-vegetated/cleared areas with a minimum of 5m to combustible materials. A fire response unit will be

in place next to the works for the duration of any hot works with a capacity of not less than 1000L with a dedicated spotter.

F2 Comply with CFA restrictions during the CFA declared Fire Danger Period when carrying out hot works:

a fire-resistant shield or guard is in place to stop sparks, hot metal or slag

an area at least 1.5 metres from the operation is clear of flammable material or wetted down sufficiently to prevent the spread of

fire

a hose connected to a reticulated water supply or water spray knapsack containing at least 9 litres of water

all cut-offs and hot materials from the operation are placed in fire-proof containers

a person is in attendance at all times while the fire is alight (hot work in progress) and has the capacity and means to extinguish the

fire

the fire is completely extinguished before the person leaves.

Where the requirements of EMP management standard F1 are more stringent, they will take precedence.

F3 Obtain and comply with CFA Section 40 permit on Total Fire Ban Days if carrying out hot works

Page 148: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

79

Table 9-L: Performance standards (hydrostatic testing)

Performance Standards – Cleaning, hydrostatic testing

Objective To plan and manage environmental impacts associated with the cleaning and hydrotesting of the new pipeline.

Target No adverse impacts to land or water from cleaning, hydostatic testing. No non-conformance with this performance

standard or complaint from landowners or occupiers.

Application The duration of the cleaning, hydrotesting activities.

Ref. Environmental Controls

Cleaning, hydrostatic testing

H1 Carry out pre-cleaning prior to hydrostatic testing to remove weld debris, dust and surface scale. Capture any waste water in a temporary

pit or bunded area and removed by an EPA licenced waste contractor.

H2 Comply with AS2885.5: Gas and liquid petroleum - Field pressure testing when conducting hydrotesting operations.

H3 Reuse water to conserve water and minimise the number of discharge locations where the hydrotest schedule allows.

H4 Neutralise any oxygen scavengers and biocides that are used during hydrostatic testing before disposal, in accordance with

manufacturer guidelines, to ensure that the water is free from any remaining active biocide and oxygen scavengers before discharge to

land.

H5 Sample and analyse water using a NATA accredited laboratory to ensure that no biocides (sodium hydroxide, tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)

phosphonium sulfate) and oxygen scavengers (ammonium bisulfite) are detected, and to establish an adequate method of disposal or

reuse, after the hydrostatic testing water is no longer needed.

H6 Hydrostatic test water must only be discharged where water designated for release into the environment is of a quality that is within

relevant statutory water quality guidelines. Relevant landholder(s) will be consulted prior to any discharge of hydrostatic test water to

land.

Page 149: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

80

Ref. Environmental Controls

H7 Dams and hydrostatic test water may remain for landholders’ beneficial use with landholder and regulatory approval if water quality

requirements are met.

H8 Where hydrostatic test water is not consistent with relevant statutory water quality guidelines, hydrostatic test water must be removed by

an EPA licenced waste contractor.

H9 Any discharge of hydrotest water must not result in soil erosion or sedimentation of land or water. Sediment control devices to remove

suspended solids such as geotextile fabric filters must be used. No direct discharge may occur to watercourses or drains.

H10 Pumps and compressors used for hydrotesting and pigging activities must be muffled to reduce noise in accordance with the EPA

Publication 1834 “Civil construction, building and demolition guide”.

Page 150: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

81

Table 9-M: Performance standards (reinstatement)

Performance Standards – Reinstatement

Objective To allow for the return of the land to its previous land use and capacity.

Target Landowner/occupier satisfaction with completion of works and timely rectification of any defects.

Application The duration of the proposed reinstatement works and the identified defects liability period.

Ref. Environmental Controls

Reinstatement

R1 Project activities must be progressed sequentially, with clean-up, restoration and rehabilitation as soon as installation activities are

complete unless weather conditions prevent this.

R2 Reinstate stockpiled topsoil and sub soils to depths consistent with the original soil horizons.

Inspect imported fill before use for insect pests and weeds.

R3 Topsoil must not be respread for rehabilitation when saturated.

R4 Soil inversion must be avoided during respreading of topsoil

R5 The site must be reinstated to pre-existing contours with natural drainage lines restored and protected if required as determined by post

construction assessments.

R6 Any topsoil imported for reinstatement or easement maintenance must be of an appropriate quality and as agreed with the landholder.

R7 Soil surfaces that have been compacted due to construction activities, such as those subject to traffic and/or storage areas within the

site, must be ripped to allow the topsoil to bind with the subsoil and increase water filtration.

R8 Where required, as determined by post construction assessments and in consultation with the landholder, Soil amelioration and fertiliser

will be applied will be undertaken as part of the reinstatement activities.

Page 151: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

82

Ref. Environmental Controls

R9 Seeding for revegetation and soil stabilisation

Implement the following principles where seeding is adopted to facilitate prompt revegetation and soil stabilisation:

Seed mixtures to be formulated with consideration of the vegetation composition of the areas adjacent to the construction footprint

and in consultation with the relevant landholder. Only certified seed to be used.

Sterile seed stock (cover crop) may be used to provide short term surface stability.

Seed to be evenly dispersed over the disturbed area.

Seeding to take place as soon after reinstatement of the soil profile as the weather allows.

R10 If weather conditions prevent the prompt reseeding of the disturbed areas within the site (refer to R6), controls will be put in place,

monitored and maintained to manage erosion and sedimentation until such time reseeding can occur and soils are stabilised.

R11 Reinstatement of infrastructure

Reinstate all access tracks, fences and gates post construction in consultation with landholders and any relevant third parties.

R12 Return all habitat features that are removed during construction such as large hollow logs and large rocks to the ROW during

rehabilitation if consistent with rehabilitation objectives at a particular location. Landholder requirements will be considered prior to

returning habitat features to the ROW

R13 Undertake rehabilitation by assisted natural regeneration in consultation with relevant land owner on the ROW, except within four metres

of the pipeline, in areas where there is an increased risk of habitat fragmentation (as identified in the Environmental Line List (Attachment

G)).

Assisted natural generation involves encouraging regrowth from seed stock and vegetative material in the soil by measures that may

include, but are not limited to:

- weed control,

- not seeding with pasture grasses,

- sowing of a sterile grass where necessary to stabilise soil,

- pest exclusion, and

- selective maintenance of regrowth.

Further details will be negotiated with landowners

Where these locations coincide with Swamp Skink habitat (as identified in the Environmental Line List (Attachment G)), promote the

establishment of a continuous or near continuous ground layer, (particularly grasses, sedges and rushes) and avoid the establishment of

trees or overshading shrubs growing more than 2 m in height.

Page 152: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

83

Ref. Environmental Controls

R14 Where Southern Brown Bandicoot habitat identified in the Environmental Line List (Attachment G) has been cleared for construction,

plant semi mature native shrubs or fast-growing tubestock, to rapidly re-establish dense understory vegetation in the 0.2–1m height

range, other than directly above the pipeline and a narrow track to allow ground access for surveillance patrols.

Include in easement agreements with landholders a requirement that this vegetation will be reinstated and that it is protected.

Planting is to occur in the first planting season (autumn-spring) following completion.

Monitor reinstatement in accordance with Standard R17.

R15 Undertake, in consultation with landowners and occupiers, targeted control of weeds within the construction area for 24 months post-

reinstatement by a qualified pest plant control contractor to ensure that the site does not have an increased density and distribution of

noxious and agricultural weeds relative to adjacent areas

R16 Following completion of reinstatement, obtain written agreement from landowners (and occupiers, managers or government agencies

as applicable) of the satisfaction of the reinstatement works.

R17 Following the completion of reinstatement activities, monitor the sites for a period of 24 months to ensure the land is stable, consistent

with adjacent areas and vegetated with site appropriate vegetation. Any defects from construction must be rectified during this time.

Following this period any residual environmental issues are to be addressed through the APA’s Operating Environmental Management

Plan.

R18 Following the landowners written agreement of acceptance of the reinstatement works (R16) or the expiry of the 24 month defect

liability period (R17), APA will seek the return of the rehabilitation bond for the works from DELWP.

Page 153: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

84

Table 9-N: Performance standards (Pakenham Delivery Facility)

Performance Standards – Pakenham Delivery Facility

Objective To plan and manage risk associated with the Pakenham Delivery Facility

Target To ensure the location specific individual risk (LSIR) contour for ‘1 in a million per year' (1.00E-06) does not affect any area

subject to an applied residential zone under Cardinia Planning Scheme clause 37.07 - Urban Growth Zone, schedule 5 -

Pakenham East Precinct Structure Plan

Application Pakenham Delivery Facility

Ref. Controls

Pakenham Delivery Facility

P1 Risks associated with the Pakenham Delivery Facility should be mitigated such that the location specific individual risk (LSIR) contour for ‘1

in a million per year' (1.00E-06) does not affect any area subject to an applied residential zone under Cardinia Planning Scheme clause

37.07 - Urban Growth Zone, Schedule 5 - Pakenham East Precinct Structure Plan to the satisfaction of Energy Safe Victoria

Page 154: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

85

K Acid Sulphate Soil Management Protocol

Page 155: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

1

Gas Import Jetty and Pipeline Project

APA Transmission Pty Limited

16-Dec-2020

Doc No. Document No

Commercial-in-Confidence

Acid Sulfate Soils Management Protocol

Pipeline Works ASS Management Protocol

Page 156: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

AECOM

1. Acid Sulfate Soils Management Protocol

Pipeline Works ASS Management Protocol

Client: APA Transmission Pty Limited

ABN: 84 603 054 404

Prepared by

AECOM Australia Pty Ltd

Level 10, Tower Two, 727 Collins Street, Melbourne VIC 3008, Australia

T +61 3 9653 1234 F +61 3 9654 7117 www.aecom.com

ABN 20 093 846 925

16-Dec-2020

Job No.: 60592634

AECOM in Australia and New Zealand is certified to ISO9001, ISO14001 AS/NZS4801 and OHSAS18001.

© AECOM Australia Pty Ltd (AECOM). All rights reserved.

AECOM has prepared this document for the sole use of the Client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other

party should rely on this document without the prior written consent of AECOM. AECOM undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any

third party who may rely upon or use this document. This document has been prepared based on the Client’s description of its requirements and

AECOM’s experience, having regard to assumptions that AECOM can reasonably be expected to make in accordance with sound professional

principles. AECOM may also have relied upon information provided by the Client and other third parties to prepare this document, some of which

may not have been verified. Subject to the above conditions, this document may be transmitted, reproduced or disseminated only in its entirety.

Page 157: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

AECOM

2. Quality Information

Document Acid Sulfate Soils Management Protocol

Ref 60592634

Date 15-Jun-2020

Prepared by Nazuha Rosli

Reviewed by Navjot Kaur

Revision History

Rev Revision Date Details

Authorised

Name/Position Signature

0 01-Jun-2020 Issue for review Mark Davidson Technical Director - Environment

1 15-Jun-2020 Final for issue Mark Davidson Technical Director - Environment

16-Dec-2020 IAC Hearing - Proponent Day 4 Version

Page 158: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

AECOM

3. Table of Contents

Abbreviations 5 Glossary of terms 6 1.0 Introduction 1

1.1 What are Acid Sulfate Soils? 1 1.2 Background and Purpose of ASS Management Protocol 1 1.3 Legislative Context and Guidelines 2

2.0 Site overview 2 2.1 Site Description 2 2.2 Topography and surface water 2 2.3 Regional geology and hydrogeology 3

3.0 CASS occurrence 4 4.0 Project description 4 5.0 CASS management strategy 4

5.1 Topsoil 5 5.2 Trench spoil 5

5.2.1 Avoid disturbance 5 5.2.2 Minimise disturbance 5 5.2.3 Prevent oxidation 6 5.2.4 Treat to reduce or neutralise acidity 6 5.2.5 Offsite reuse or disposal 12 5.2.6 Water management 12 5.2.7 Contingency plan 15

6.0 Monitoring program 16 6.1.1 Trench water 16

7.0 Performance criteria 16 7.1.1 Soil neutralisation 16

8.0 Timing of environmental activities 16 9.0 Reporting 16 10.0 Consultation and approvals 16 11.0 References 17

Appendix A Figures A

Appendix B Tables B

Appendix C Field Screening Testing and Interpretations C

Appendix D Acid sulfate soils field indicators D

Page 159: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

AECOM

Abbreviations

Abbreviation Definition

AASS Actual acid sulfate soils

ANC Acid Neutralising Capacity

ASS Acid sulfate soil

ASSMP Acid Sulfate Soils Management Plan

BPMG Best Practice Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Coastal Acid Sulfate Soils

CASS Coastal acid sulfate soils

CRS Chromium Reducible Sulfur

EES Environment Effects Statement

EOLSS End of line scraper station

HDD Horizontal directional drilling

IWRG Industrial Waste Resource Guidelines

KP Kilometre point

mbgl Metres below ground level

mg/L Milligrams per litre

ML Megalitre

NA Net Acidity

PASS Potential Acid Sulfate Soils

PIG Pipeline Inspection Gauge

pHf Field pH

pHfox Field peroxide pH

ROW Right of way

RPD Relative Percent Difference

SEPP State Environment Protection Policy

SPOCAS Suspension Peroxide Oxidation – Combined Acidity and Sulfate

TAA Titratable Actual Acidity

TDS Total dissolved solids

VTS Victorian Transmission System

Page 160: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

AECOM

Glossary of terms

Term Definition

%S A measure of reduced inorganic sulfur (using the SCR or SPOCAS methods) expressed as a percentage of the weight of dry soil analysed.

Acid Neutralising Capacity (ANC)

A measure of the ability of the ASS material to neutralise acidity.

Acid sulfate soil (ASS) Acid sulfate soils are naturally occurring soils, sediments or organic substrates that are formed under waterlogged conditions. These soils contain iron sulphide minerals or their oxidation products. When exposed, these soils oxidise and they can generate acidic water (if in contact with rainfall or other water source).

Action Criteria The measured level of potential plus existing acidity beyond which management action is required, if a soil or sediment is to be disturbed. The trigger levels vary for texture categories and the amount of disturbance. The extent of management required will vary with the level of acidity and the volume of the disturbance, among other factors.

Actual acid sulfate soil (AASS) Soils containing highly acidic soil horizons resulting from the oxidation of soil materials are rich in reduced inorganic sulfur primarily pyrite. When this oxidation of reduced inorganic sulfur produces acidity in excess of the soil material’s capacity to neutralise this acidity, the soil material will often acidify to a pH 4 or less, forming an Actual Acid Sulfate Soil (AASS). The recognition of AASS materials can be confirmed by the presence of jarosite in these materials, or the location of other AASS or Potential ASS (PASS) materials within or in the nearby vicinity to the sampling location.

Actual Acidity The soluble and exchangeable acidity already present in the soil, often as a consequence of previous oxidation of reduced inorganic sulfur. It is this acidity that will be most mobilised and discharged following a rainfall event. It is measured in the laboratory using the Titratable Actual Acidity (TAA) method. It does not aim to include the less soluble acidity (that is Retained Acidity) held in hydroxy-sulfate minerals such as jarosite.

Alignment The centreline of the ROW selected for assessment in the EES.

Bell hole Awidened area of trench, which enables horizontal boring to be undertaken.

Construction right of way (ROW) Corridor generally of 30m width.

Environment Effects Statement An Environment Effects Statement provides a comprehensive framework for the assessment of the potential environmental impacts or effects of a proposed development under the Environment Effects Act 1978.

End of Line Scraper Station An underground delivery facility situated at the connection point to the Longford Dandenong Pipeline east of Pakenham and used to launch and receive pipeline inspection gauges (PIGs) into and from the pipeline system.

Page 161: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

AECOM

Term Definition

Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD)

A ‘trenchless technology’ by which a pipeline tunnel is drilled at a shallow angle under a crossing (e.g. a waterway, wetland, road or railway) through which the pipe is then threaded.

KPs Reference points alongside the proposed pipeline alignment, calculated according to the distance in kilometres from the Crib Point Receiving Facility.

Liming rate Liming rate is defined as the dose of neutralising agent needed to neutralise the calculated net acidity for a select sample.

Net acidity The measure of the acidity hazard of ASS materials. Determined from laboratory analysis, it is the result obtained when the values for various components of soil acidity and acid neutralising capacity (but only after corroboration of the ANC’s effectiveness) are substituted into the Acid Base Accounting equation.

pHFOX pH measurement based on peroxide test results in the field.

Potential ASS (PASS) Soils that contain appreciable amounts of reduced inorganic sulfur that have not oxidised but will acidify to a pH of less than 4.0 after oxidation. The soils are also known as hypersulfidic soil materials. The field pH of these soils in their undisturbed state is pH 4 or more, and may be neutral or slightly alkaline. Potential ASS pose an environmental hazard if disturbed, as they can generate considerable acidity if mismanaged.

Total dissolved solids The total amount of mobile charged ions, including minerals, salts or metals dissolved in a given volume of water.

Trenching Excavation of a trench for burial of a pipeline.

Trench water Water (usually shallow groundwater, rainwater or runoff) in the pipeline trench.

Page 162: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

1 AECOM

4. Introduction

This Acid Sulfate Soils (ASS) Management Protocol has been developed to specifically address the occurrence of acid sulfate soils (ASS) associated with the Gas Import Jetty and Pipeline Project Pipeline Works (the ‘Project’). The Gas Import Jetty and Pipeline Project comprises two sets of works: the Gas Import Jetty Works and the Pipeline Works and this ASS Management Protocol is applicable to the Pipeline Works only. This document forms part of the Pipeline Works Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

The ASS Management Protocol is based on soil investigations undertaken as part of the Environment Effects Statement (EES) for the Project and includes mitigation measures listed in the EES Technical Report E: Contamination and acid sulfate soils. The procedures contained within this ASS Management Protocol should be updated and revised to address site conditions that vary from those indicated by investigations, or where alternative construction methodologies are adopted.

4.1 What are Acid Sulfate Soils?

The EPA Victoria Industrial Waste Management Policy (Waste Acid Sulfate Soils) 1999 defines ‘acid sulfate soil’ as:

‘… any soil, sediment, unconsolidated geological material or disturbed consolidated rock mass containing metal sulphides, which exceeds criteria for acid sulfate soils specified in EPA Victoria Publication 655 entitled Acid Sulfate Soil and Rock published by the Authority in 1999 and amended from time to time or republished by the Authority’.

ASS are soils affected by iron sulphide minerals. ASS can occur naturally in coastal environments such as estuarine systems, mangrove swamps, back swamps and in inland environments such as river and stream channels, lakes, wetlands, billabongs, floodplains and marshes (Fitzpatrick, R. and Shand, P., 2008).

Generally, ASS is classified into two broad types:

5. Potential Acid Sulfate Soils (PASS) – soil that contains un-oxidised metal sulfides. This only exists under oxygen-free or waterlogged conditions. If disturbed, it can produce acid.

6. Actual Acid Sulfate Soils (AASS) – soil that has been exposed to oxygen and water and is already acidic.

Presence of AASS or PASS in sufficient amounts can have a lasting effect on the soil characteristics, causing deoxygenation or release contaminants when the iron sulfide minerals are exposed to oxygen (Fitzpatrick, R. and Shand, P., 2008). They become a potential constraint to construction activities, requiring the implementation of controls to manage the spoil during excavation, trenching and drilling activities.

6.1 Background and Purpose of ASS Management Protocol

Soil sampling program undertaken as part of the EES Technical Report E: Contamination and acid sulfate soils between 29 November 2018 and 26 April 2019 identified the presence of ASS throughout the Project area for the Pipeline Works. Therefore, any soil disturbance activities such as excavation, trenching and thrust boring would have the potential to encounter ASS and oxidise PASS, and as such an appropriate level of treatment and management is required during the construction and/or maintenance works.

The open trench sections for the Pipeline Works would disturb approximately 91,500 cubic metres of soil (in-situ). Based on the volume of soil disturbance, the Pipeline Works is classified as a ‘High Hazard’ under the CASS BPMG (2010) and may only proceed with an approved environmental management plan. EPA Victoria was consulted on 19 August 2019, and it was agreed that the Pipeline Works would not require an EPA Victoria approved ASS Management Plan. Instead, an ASS Management Protocol will be developed and included in the Pipeline Works EMP which will be approved in accordance with Pipeline Act 2005, in consultation with EPA Victoria.

Page 163: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

2 AECOM

The main purpose of this ASS Management Protocol is to mitigate or control potential impacts relating to the disturbance of ASS associated with the proposed earthworks and construction of the Project.

The term PASS and AASS are referred to as ASS within this ASS Management Protocol, unless there is a specific need for differentiation.

6.2 Legislative Context and Guidelines

This ASS Management Protocol has been prepared to address the requirement of the Industrial Waste Management Policy (Waste Acid Sulfate Soils), Special Gazette S125, published on 18 August 1999 which states that management of waste ASS must be in accordance with the current best practice or any best practice environment management guidelines approved by the Authority.

The ASS Management Protocol was prepared with consideration of the following legislation and guidelines:

1. Environment Protection Act 1970

2. Environment Protection (Industrial Waste Resource) Regulations 2009

3. Industrial Waste Management Policy (Waste Acid Sulfate Soils)

1. EPA Victoria Publication IWRG655.1: Acid Sulfate Soil and Rock (July 2009)

2. Victorian Best Practice Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Coastal Acid Sulfate Soil (CASS BPMG, 2010).

4. National Acid Sulfate Soil Sampling and Identification Methods Manual, 2018

5. National Acid Sulfate Soil Identification and Laboratory Methods Manual, 2018

6. Australian Standards 4969.

7. Site overview

The information contained within this section has been extracted from the EES Technical Report E: Contamination and acid sulfate soils, EES Technical Report D: Groundwater, EES Technical Report C: Surface water and various information sources referenced within that document.

7.1 Site Description

A description of the Project area is provided in the Pipeline Works EMP.

7.2 Topography and surface water

The Project is located within the Western Port catchment and a large portion of Western Port is listed as a Ramsar Site of international significance, supporting a diversity of plants, animals and ecosystems, including several unique and threatened species, four marine national parks, large tracts of mangroves and seagrasses (Sharp et al., 2013).

The Western Port catchment varies from the hilly regions near the Bunyip State Park and Strzelecki Ranges to the low lying, flat to undulating terrain of the former Koo Wee Rup swamp with surface water draining from these topographic highs to Western Port.

The Project area includes coastal floodplains in the lower reaches of the catchment where the relief is mostly low lying and generally flat to gently undulating. The ground surface elevation ranges from approximately one to two metres above sea level in the southern portion to 10 – 25 metres above sea level over the northern portion, where the gently sloping topography grades up to the north.

A large portion of the Western Port catchment where the Pipeline Works will be located has been substantially cleared of native vegetation and is now predominantly used for farming. The pipeline will traverse coastal floodplains adjoining Western Port. The local hydrology of part of the catchment was substantially altered in the 1800s when creeks were modified to drain the Koo Wee Rup Swamp. Large open drains were excavated, and creeks increased in size to drain the swamp.

Page 164: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

3 AECOM

The pipeline alignment is contained within the Western Port catchment which includes a number of significant waterways that discharge to Western Port. Assessment undertaken as part of the EES Technical Report C: Surface water indicates that the proposed pipeline alignment crosses 64 waterways, swales and surface drains. The location of each waterway crossing is indicated on pipeline alignment plans provided in Appendix B of the EES Technical Report C: Surface water.

Desktop review of water quality monitoring for waterways crossed by the pipeline alignment, where water quality data is available indicates that that waterways in the catchment for the Pipeline Works, including more substantial waterways such as Cardinia Creek, are in poor condition and under considerable stress, while other waterways in the lower catchment are under severe stress.

Refer to the of the EES Technical Report C: Surface water for further information.

7.3 Regional geology and hydrogeology

The Project is located within Western Port Basin, which is a relatively shallow, structurally controlled sedimentary basin consisting of sediments and volcanic flows. The western side of the Basin coincides with the Clyde Monocline-Tyabb Fault System, and the eastern extent is controlled by the Heath Hill Fault. Basin sediments pinch out to the north against uplifted basement (SRW, 2010), and extend offshore to the south.

The sediments and volcanic flows of the basin form a multilayered aquifer system, which is dominated by a Tertiary Age sedimentary sequence that thickens to approximately 200 meters in the Koo Wee Rup area, and pinches out along Basin margins.

The Tertiary Age sediments are overlain by a relatively thin veneer of Quaternary sediments, including coastal and inland dune deposits, swamp and lake deposits and alluvial deposits; although these sediments thicken to between 10 and 50 meters in the Koo Wee Rup area.

A generalised description of the local geology encountered during site investigations is provided in Table 6 and the outcropping units in the study area are shown in Figure A1, Appendix A. The geology encountered was consistent with the Geological Survey of Victoria Queenscliffe SJ 55-9 1:250,000 map (VandenBerg, A.H.M., 1997).

Table 6 Generalised local geology

Approximate Depth (mbgl)

Lithology / Formation General Lithology Encountered

0.0 – 0.2 FILL and/or Sandy CLAY Brown, FILL – minor reworked soils

0.0 – 1.0 Northern half: alluvial sediments, swamp lake deposit Southern half: primarily Brighton Group

Clayey SAND to CLAY, brown becoming grey, high to low plasticity

0.1 – 2.5 Sandy CLAY to CLAY; brown to grey, high to low plasticity

Regional groundwater flow is generally from the Basin margins towards Western Port. The presence of shallow aquitards, surface water features and groundwater extraction locally affect depths to groundwater. The groundwater table across the Basin will generally be a subdued version of topography, with the depth to groundwater increasing beneath topographical highs and shallow groundwater in the lower reaches of the Basin.

There is no long-term groundwater level data available and therefore the seasonal water level fluctuations are unknown. However, it is typical in shallow aquifers to have seasonal fluctuations of 0.5 to 2 meters. Water levels tend to be shallowest in late winter and spring, and deepest in late summer. Longer term fluctuations also occur due to changes in climate e.g. drought periods.

A total of 26 groundwater wells were installed as part of EES site investigations. Drilling and installation of groundwater monitoring wells were completed between 3 December 2018 and 11 January 2019, and the subsequent gauging, sampling, and laboratory analysis was completed between 23 January 2019 and 30 January 2019.

Page 165: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

4 AECOM

Groundwater levels, field sampling parameters and groundwater quality laboratory analytical results are provided in Table B1 – B3, Appendix B.

Refer to the EES Technical Report E: Contamination and acid sulfate soils and Technical Report D: Groundwater for further information.

8. CASS occurrence

Soil sampling program undertaken as part of the EES Technical Report E: Contamination and acid sulfate soils between 29 November 2018 and 26 April 2019 identified the presence of ASS throughout the Project area for the Pipeline Works. Net acidity exceeding the ‘Action Criteria’ of 0.03%S for disturbance exceeding 1,000 tonnes (BPMG, 2010) was exceeded in 72 soil samples of total 172 samples, with net acidity ranging between 0.02%S and 0.18%S and calculated liming rates to neutralise the calculated net acidity ranging between 1 kg CaCO3/tonne and 8 kg CaCO3/tonne. PASS was identified at the following sampling locations between KP17.8 and KP36:

1. KP17.8 – MW09 at depth of 3.0 metres below ground level (mbgl)

2. KP19.3 – MW10 at depth of 3.0 mbgl

3. KP32.5 – BH207 at depth of 0.5 mbgl

4. KP32.8 – BH209 at depth of 0.5 mbgl1

5. KP36 – BH34 at depth of 2.0 mbgl1

It is noted that sample point frequency does not comply with the recommendation made in Table 1 of Victorian EPA publication IWRG655.1: Acid Sulfate Soil and Rock which specifies sampling at 100 metre intervals for a pipeline, except at the ASS targeted sampling locations (defined in the ASRIS as an area with high probability of occurrence of ASS, shown in Figure A2, Appendix A). However, the distribution of ASS throughout the Project area would suggest that this is not required, other than to calculate or refine liming rates, and that all soils be managed as ASS (AASS or PASS) in accordance with Victorian Best Practice Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Coastal Acid Sulfate Soils (CASS BPMG) (2010).

The ASS samples locations, net acidity and liming rate for each sample are shown in Figure A3, Appendix A. Tabulated results are provided in Table B4, Appendix B.

9. Project description

The Project description including the construction methodology, operation and maintenance is provided in the Pipeline Works EMP.

10. CASS management strategy

The soil assessment undertaken identified that all soils should be managed to mitigate acidic or PASS. The strategy outlined below is based on the proposed construction methodology.

Clearing of vegetation and topsoil (approximately 100 millimetres in thickness) within the construction right of way (ROW) is required to provide a safe and efficient area for construction activities. This activity may occur up to several months before the trench excavation, whereas the remainder of the trench (“Trench Spoil”) is proposed to be excavated and backfilled within the duration specified in Section 10.2(c)(i). Due to the different timeframe / methodologies and risk profile, separate management strategies are proposed for the topsoil and the trench spoil.

1 Conservatively classified as PASS. Samples were analysed using the SPOCAS method for QA/QC data

validation purposes.

Page 166: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

5 AECOM

10.1 Topsoil

The field investigation indicated that the surface soils (between 0.0 and 0.2 mbgl) within the Project area contain existing acidity, with pH (CaCl2) ranging between 4.1 and 7.6 pH units and approximately 60 per cent of topsoil samples were below pH 5.0 (from 60 soil samples). It is not possible based on available data to identify whether the soils are simply acidic or are AASS. Laboratory derived data for the sub-soils indicate the presence of existing acidic soils, where acidity is potentially from sources other than inorganic sulfides.

Note that the CASS BPMG (2010) is silent on the management of topsoil under these conditions and therefore we have referred to information presented in the National Acid Sulfate Soils Guidance (Sullivan et al, 2018), regarding naturally acidic topsoil.

Naturally occurring acidic soils are not considered an environmental hazard and indeed are usually part of acidophilic ecosystems, whose health depends on maintaining an acidic environment. Liming of naturally acidic ecosystems could lead to unnaturally alkaline environments resulting in severe ecological damage to the acidophilic organisms that relied on the acidic nature of these ecosystems (Sullivan et al, 2018). As a result, the potential soil acidity risks associated with the topsoil stockpile should be managed by regular monitoring (for pH) of surface water runoff following rainfall, adjacent to water courses and sensitive receptors. Runoff from the topsoil stockpile should be managed in accordance with the mitigation measures for surface water specified in the Pipeline Works EMP; and neutralisation (based on liming rates given in Section 5.2.4) should be undertaken if acceptable pH levels are exceeded. Alternatively, the topsoil can be sampled in accordance with CASS BPMG (2010) and the risk reassessed.

10.2 Trench spoil

The following are ASS management strategies numbered in order of priority, as prescribed by the CASS BPMG (2010). 1. Avoid disturbance.

2. Minimise disturbance – Excavate the smallest quantity of soil possible, avoid dewatering where possible or reduce extent and timeframe of dewatering, creation of small stockpiles etc.

3. Prevent oxidation – Stage Project activities to reduce stockpile duration, consider covering stockpiles with high density polyethylene (HDPE) if extended exposure required.

4. Treat to reduce or neutralise acidity –Treat stockpiles with lime or use guard layers in conjunction with prevention techniques. Treatment may not be required depending on minimisation and prevention approaches adopted.

5. Offsite reuse or disposal - Dispose offsite at an EPA Victoria approved facility.

The preferred management option for the trench spoil during the pipeline construction is to prevent oxidation of ASS and minimise exposure upon excavation.

(a) Avoid disturbance

The desirable management approach to deal with ASS soils is to avoid disturbance wherever possible. However, there is limited opportunity to do this as the Project is bound by engineering and spatial constraints.

(b) Minimise disturbance

Where disturbance of ASS is unavoidable, The Project will minimise the amount of ASS disturbance by preparing a detailed soil excavation staging strategy that include:

1. Staging of disturbance such that the potential effects on soils disturbed at any one time can be effectively managed.

2. Staging of disturbance to avoid activities that result in large scale or long-term fluctuation in groundwater levels. Careful planning of disturbance to minimise the extent or length of time groundwater table is raised or lowered.

Page 167: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

6 AECOM

(c) Prevent oxidation

(i) Stage Projects

In addition to minimising the amount of ASS disturbance, the Project will minimise the duration of exposure of disturbed sub soil material in order to prevent generation and transport of acid. Staging the excavation program to minimise the amount of time that ASS is exposed to the atmosphere (including rainfall and seeping perched waters (if any)).

The soil excavation staging strategy (described in Section (b)) will include the time period over which soils may be temporarily stockpiled, as recommended by the CASS BPMG (2010), presented in Table

7.

Table 7 Suggested short-term stockpiling durations based on soil texture (after Dear et al., 2002)

Type of material

(McDonald et al., 1990)

Approx. clay content % Duration of stockpile

Coarse (sands to loamy sands) ≤ 5 Overnight (18 hours)

Medium (sandy loams to light clays) 5–40 2.5 days (70 hours)

Fine (medium to heavy clays and silty clays. ≥ 40 5 days (140 hours)

Some control measures during temporary stockpiling include:

1. Construction works during wet weather should be avoided unless conditions are such that surface water issues can be managed e.g. covering the stockpile and directing runoff that has the potential to be impacted by the stockpile material into the open trench (where practicable).

2. Soil stockpiles will be established such that it does not exceed two metres in height and safe batter slopes are maintained at all times.

(d) Treat to reduce or neutralise acidity

If soils are to be stockpiled longer than the recommended time period for short-term stockpiling durations (as described in Section (c)(i)), then the excavated spoil will be neutralised using a liming agent and verified prior to reuse (if needed).

Neutralisation of ASS involves mixing of finely crushed (predominantly <0.5 millimetres) Agricultural

lime (aglime) or other liming agents to the excavated material to ensure the potential of ASS to

generate acid is minimised or prevented.

Excavated soil (requiring treatment) could be neutralised using one or more of the following methods depending on various factors such as weather, the staging of excavations and soil physicochemical conditions (e.g. moisture and texture):

1. Mixed concurrently as soil material is added directly into haul trucks prior to transporting to a designated temporary storage, thus achieving a degree of mixing during transport and placement.

2. Mixed in-situ as part of the removal process (e.g. soils will be limed prior to excavation, transport and subsequent placement, thus achieving a degree of mixing during transport and final placement).

3. Mixed ex-situ on a temporary treatment pad within a designated treatment area (i.e. excavated, placed on treatment pad and neutralised).

(i) Treatment Area

The soil excavation staging strategy (described in Section (b)) would minimise the volume of ASS generated at a time during the construction of the pipeline. As such a designated treatment area and pad may not be needed. However, in case, of larger volumes (e.g. greater 250 cubic metres), a temporary ASS treatment area will need to be established prior to commencing excavation works.

Page 168: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

7 AECOM

The treatment area will be sized and constructed to ensure there is sufficient area to accommodate the treatment pad footprint, stockpiles of treated material and soils requiring treatment, while being able to efficiently accommodate the machinery and associated support equipment.

The location of the temporary treatment area will consider the available space within the 30-metre-wide pipeline construction ROW, staging of excavations and broader construction timing, and health and safety requirements. Neutralisation of ASS will be conducted on a temporary treatment pad (if required) within the designated treatment area.

(ii) Temporary Treatment Pad

The treatment pad (if required) will collect and isolate the leachate from the surrounding environment. The treatment pad will be appropriately designed to isolate and contain potential leachates generated from the surrounding environment, consisting of:

0. A low permeability base (below a guard layer of aglime) such as compacted clayey soil material (greater than 0.1 metre thick), a concrete slab, layer of bitumen or HDPE sheeting to reduce the infiltration of leachate to the soil and groundwater. The base layer will be slightly sloped to prevent leachate from pooling within the treatment pad area.

0. A guard layer of aglime will be spread onto the base layer of the treatment pad, before the placement of soils, at a rate of 5 kilograms fine aglime per square metre per vertical metre of sediment. This will reduce the risk by neutralising acidic leachate generated in the treatment stockpile that are not neutralised during the treatment process. Since the guard layer is likely to be removed with the treated soil, the guard layer will be reapplied as necessary.

1. Appropriate leachate collection system and containment bund will be used to contain stormwater runoff and leachates. Stormwater run-on will be diverted away from the treatment pad using sandbags, shallow diversion/catch drains or similar (if required).

2. Leachates and runoff collected and contained within the treatment pad area will be appropriately treated (if required) prior to discharge

(iii) Soil Neutralisation Procedure

The following soil neutralisation procedure should be used:

1. ASS materials identified will always be kept separate from other soils such as topsoil (wherever possible) to reduce the volume of material requiring neutralisation/treatment.

2. Neutralisation will be carried out as soon as practically possible and will be conducted by mechanical means (e.g. mechanical tilling or bucket blending methods) to achieve uniform blending, as far as practical, of the ASS with liming agents.

3. All necessary Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and controls will be used to ensure adequate measures, associated with lime neutralising activities, are implemented to minimise dust emissions, inhalation and direct contact with fine aglime. As a minimum, safety glasses to protect the eyes, nitrile gloves (when required) and long sleeve pants and shirt to reduce direct skin contact, and an approved face mask to prevent inhalation of dust (minimum AS/NZS 1716 Class P2 face mask for casual exposure).

4. Soil stockpiles will be established such that it does not exceed two metres in height and safe batter slopes are maintained at all times. If wet weather is forecasted, un-neutralised stockpiles should be covered and should have means to collect runoff water before releasing in the environment.

5. ASS will be fully treated or neutralised with fine aglime prior to reuse onsite within the Project boundary.

6. Neutralisation will also be used as a contingency plan to address actions to be undertaken where the management and mitigation framework in this document are not met, such as if soils are to be stockpiled longer than the recommended time period for short-term stockpiling durations (as described in Section (c)(i)) or additional ASS are identified on site that are inconsistent with existing sampling, additional sampling for laboratory characterisation and subsequent appropriate liming should be considered (Sections 8 and (iv)).

Page 169: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

8 AECOM

(iv) Liming Rate

Sufficient aglime is required to ensure all existing acidity that may be present and potential acidity that could be generated from complete oxidation of the sulfides over time is neutralised. The calculated liming rate for each sample, completed as part of the EES Technical Report E: Contamination and acid sulfate soils, are shown in Figure A3, Appendix A and tabulated in Table B4, Appendix B. Table 8 shows the preliminary nominal liming rates required for soil material excavated from the site. Liming rates have been determined using the highest net acidity. Liming rates are relevant to the respective soil type and depth encountered during the investigation. Any unexpected soils identified not consistent with the existing sampling, additional sampling for laboratory characterisation and subsequent appropriate liming is to be considered.

Page 170: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

9 AECOM

Table 8 Liming Rate

Chainage Apparent

Distance (m) Borehole Soil Type

Depth

(mbgl) Net Acidity (%S)

Liming Rate

(kg aglime/tonne)*

KP0.0 – 1.1 1,100 CPT002_BH101 to CPT006_MW01

Medium plasticity Clays 0.0 – 1.5 0.04 2

Medium plasticity Clays 1.5 – 2.5 0.09 4

KP1.1 – 7.7 6,600 CPT006_MW01 to CPT022W_MW05

Silty Clays to low plasticity clays 0.0 – 1.5 0.04 2

Gravelly silt, low to high plasticity clays 1.5 – 3.0 0.07 3

KP7.7 – 11.4 3,700 CPT022W_MW05 to CPT032_BH11

Medium plasticity Clay 0.0 – 0.5 0.09 4

Sandy clay to high plasticity clay 0.5 – 1.0 0.05 3

KP11.4 – 15.0 3,600 CPT032_BH11 to CPT045_GW05

Gravelly sand, sandy silt, sand, sandy clay, clayey sand

0.0 – 4.0 0.02 1

KP15.0 – 17.7 2,700 CPT045_GW05 to CPT049B_BH17

Sand, clays 0.0 – 2.0 0.06 3

KP17.7 – 19.5 1,800 CPT049B_BH17 to CPT055_MW10

High plasticity clay 0.0 – 0.5 0.02 1

Sandy clay 0.5 – 3.0 0.18 8

KP19.5 – 25.1 5,600 CPT055_MW10 to CPT067_BH24

Sandy clay, low to high plasticity clays 0.0 – 0.5 0.10 5

Sandy clay 0.5 – 3.0 0.06 3

KP25.1 – 32.3 7,200 CPT067_BH24 to CPT084_BH206

sand, low to high plasticity clays 0.0 – 2.0 0.03 1

KP32.3 – 32.6 300 CPT084_BH206 to CPT084_BH210

High plasticity clays

0.0 – 0.5 0.04 3

0.5 – 2.0 0.02 1

KP32.6 – 33.0 400 CPT084_BH210 to CPT084_BH214

High plasticity clays

0.0 – 2.0 0.03 1

KP33.0 – 33.2 200 CPT084_BH214 to CPT084_BH217

High plasticity clays

0.0 – 1.5 0.06 3

KP33.2 – 36.1

2,900 CPT084_BH217 to CPT093_BH225

Medium plasticity clay 0.0 – 0.2 0.04 2

High plasticity clay 0.2 – 1.5 0.06 3

KP36.1 – 36.4 300 CPT093_BH225 to CPT094_BH35

High plasticity clay

0.0 – 0.5 0.06 3

0.5 – 1.5 0.05 2

KP36.4 – 39.8 3,400 Low plasticity clay 0.0 – 0.5 0.09 4

Page 171: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

10 AECOM

Chainage Apparent

Distance (m) Borehole Soil Type

Depth

(mbgl) Net Acidity (%S)

Liming Rate

(kg aglime/tonne)*

CPT094_BH35 to CPT104_BH38

High plasticity clay 0.5 – 2.0 0.04 2

KP39.8 – 45.4 5,600 CPT104_BH38 to CPT117_BH44

Silty clay, High plasticity clay

0.0 – 0.2 0.13 6

0.2 – 1.0 0.06 3

1.0 – 2.0 0.05 2

KP45.4 – 56.5 11,100 CPT117_BH44 to CPT142_BH54

Clayey sand, sandy clay 0.0 – 1.5 0.05 2

Low to high plasticity clay 1.5 – 3.0 0.02 1

*Note: Based on minimum safety factor of 1.5. It needs to be recalculated in the field based on wet bulk density and neutralising value of the aglime

mbgl: meters below ground level

Soil type description logged to the Australian Standard AS 1726 Geotechnical Site Investigations

Page 172: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

11 AECOM

As noted in Section 8, the sample point frequency does not comply with the recommendation made in Table 1 of Victorian EPA publication IWRG655.1: Acid Sulfate Soil and Rock which specifies sampling at 100 metre intervals for a pipeline, except at the ASS targeted sampling locations (defined in the ASRIS as an area with high probability of occurrence of ASS, shown in Figure A2, Appendix A). However, the distribution of ASS throughout the Project area would suggest that this is not required, other than to calculate or refine liming rates, and that all soils be managed as AASS or PASS in accordance with CASS BPMG (2010).

If unknown material (such as grey moist clays or material with yellow mottling are identified), further testing of in-situ soil material or stockpile may be carried out during bulk excavation. In the case of additional sampling, the required aglime application rate will be calculated using the following:

Liming Rate (𝑘𝑔 𝑎𝑔𝑙𝑖𝑚𝑒/𝑚3) = 𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐴𝑐𝑖𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑦 (%𝑆) ×623.7

19.98× 𝑊𝑒𝑡 𝐵𝑢𝑙𝑘 𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝑡 𝑚3) ×

100

𝑁𝑉×⁄ 𝑆𝐹 [1]

Where:

1. NV = neutralising value of the aglime being used and represents the purity or per cent of CaCO3 in the limestone. Unless otherwise known, an initial NV value of 93% will be used considering that agricultural limestone usually contains impurities.

2. Wet bulk density = 1.7 t/m3 if the soil bulk density is unknown.

3. SF = safety factor (= 1.5) because aglime has a low solubility and hence a low reactivity, and in most situations will not be fully mixed with the soil regardless of the method used. (Dear et al, 2014)

(v) Verification Testing and Monitoring

The neutralisation of ASS material needs to be verified before re-use. For all the neutralised material, verification samples will be collected from each treated lot. The samples collected over the full thickness of the treated lot, will be formed by compositing materials from three randomly selected locations across the lot/stockpile. Soil sampling for verification (and assessment) purpose will be conducted in accordance with Dear et al. (2014) as soon as practically possible within 42 hours (i.e. 2 nights). Large gravels (greater than 2 millimetres), fragments of wood, charcoal and stones need to be noted before being removed from the samples in the field.

Samples will be collected in laboratory supplied ASS bags, stored on ice in a cool box and submitted to a laboratory on the day of collection (with chain of custody (COC) documentation) that is accredited by the National Association of Testing Authorities (NATA) for ASS analysis. The Chromium reducible sulfur (CRS) suite will be conducted on each sample to confirm net acidity by Acid Base Accounting.

As per Dear et al 2014, the following performance criteria must all be met for soil that has been treated using neutralisation:

1. The neutralising capacity of the treated soil must exceed the existing plus potential acidity of the soil by at least a safety factor of 1.5.

2. Post-neutralisation, the soil pH (pHKCl) is to be greater than 6.5

3. No single sample shall exceed a net acidity of 0.03 %S.

Excess neutralising agent should stay within the treated soil until all acid generation reactions are complete and the soil has no further capacity to generate acidity.

(vi) Characterisation of Suspected Acid Sulfate Soils

Neutralisation will also be used as a contingency plan to address excavated soils that are not

representative of the soil testing (see Section 8). That is, if the below indicators of ASS are identified at

the site, neutralisation should be undertaken. Indicators include:

1. Dark coloured wet soft clays (refer to Plate 1)

2. Jarosite (yellow staining) or other aluminium sulfate minerals become apparent (refer to Plate

1)

3. Iron hydroxide (reddish staining) becomes apparent

Page 173: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

12 AECOM

4. Hydrogen sulfide (rotten egg) smell

5. Additional sampling and analysis indicate concentrations of reduced inorganic sulfur is greater than 0.03%.

Plate 1 Dark clays (left) and yellow mottling (right) indicating presence of acid sulfate soils

Where suspected ASS is encountered, this material must be excavated separately and segregated from non-ASS materials. An experienced ASS practitioner swil attend site to provide additional guidance on suspected ASS on as required basis. Where suspected ASS is encountered a field test (pHF and pHFOX) will be conducted to provide an initial assessment of the materials. Field screening tests (described in Appendix C) will be conducted at a minimum rate of one per 250 m3 of suspected ASS material encountered. Confirmatory tests will comprise sample analysis for the CRS Suite of tests. Materials returning net acidity less than 0.03%S will be removed from the stockpile area and used as fill without further acid sulfate management. Where net acidity greater than 0.03%S (with reduced inorganic sulfur greater than 0.03%) is found, the materials will be treated using aglime as described in Section (iii).

(e) Offsite reuse or disposal

There is a possibility that the excavated material is considered to be unsuitable for reuse on-site from a geotechnical and contamination perspective. As such, any excess acidic spoil material of this nature would be transferred off-site to a nominated landfill with a licence to accept such material.

Potential controls during transfer of acidic spoil material from site include:

1. Implementation of a materials handling and tracking procedure.

2. Transfer of material to the facility within the time period over which soils may be temporarily stockpiled as recommended by the CASS BPMG (2010) (refer to Section (c)), keeping the stockpiles covered to avoid runoff.

3. Transfer of soil in covered trucks.

(f) Water management

No active dewatering of groundwater is being proposed as part of construction activities. However, field investigation undertaken as part of the EES impact assessment indicated that trenching may encountered groundwater in some sections of the pipeline alignment. To ensure that pipeline construction meets applicable standards, the trench may need to be dewatered to remove any water which has collected during the time it has been open. The Pipeline Works will discharge non-contaminated acidic and/or brackish groundwater/trench water from the open trenches and bell holes to adjacent land (with permission/approval from relevant landholder (where appropriate). Dewatering activities will be managed in accordance with SEPP (Waters) and the Pipeline Works EMP.

The following are management measures for the trench water:

Page 174: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

13 AECOM

1. Dewatering activities will adopt the management and mitigation practices outlined in the “National Acid Sulfate Soils Guidance: Guidance for the dewatering of acid sulfate soil in shallow groundwater environments”

2. Runoff that has the potential to be impacted by stockpile material should be directed into the open trench (where practicable).

3. Minimise activation of PASS by minimising duration (less than seven days) and extent of dewatering activities, such as dewatering immediately prior to installation of pipe and minimise the time that trench sections and bell holes are open.

4. Water collected from within excavated trenches should be collected and treated if turbidity exceeds EPA requirements prior to discharging. Refer to the relevant section in the Pipeline Works EMP.

5. Water should be tested for pH and salinity prior to discharge to land. pH should be between 4 and 9, and salinity should not exceed 6,000µS/cm.

6. Discharge of water to land should avoid soil erosion or sedimentation of land or water. Sediment control devices to remove suspended solids and dissipate flow should be used where required.

7. Water should not be discharged to waterways or into stormwater drains without approval from relevant authorities.

8. Water that cannot be treated to meet the relevant discharge criteria should be disposed to an EPA Victoria licensed facility.

9. Relevant landholder(s) and water authorities should be consulted, and permission obtained prior to discharge to land.

10. Discharge to land should not occur within 50 metres of watercourses.

11. Discharge should be to low gradient, stable, grassed areas and be undertaken in accordance with landholder requirements and through “irrigation type” systems to prevent scour or erosion. Visual monitoring during land discharge should be undertaken to ensure water does not enter existing waterways.

12. Contaminated water should be managed in accordance with mitigation measures described in the Pipeline Works EMP. The following are areas where contaminated groundwater has been identified and discharge to land must not occur:

1.1 Between KP14.0 and KP14.3, adjacent to the former Tyabb landfill.

1.2 Between KP7.3 and KP7.9. An intrusive groundwater investigation must be undertaken in the area prior to commencing pipeline construction, to confirm presence or absence of contaminated groundwater within the area, due to historical and existing land uses.

13. Where dewatering is required for horizontal thrust bore bell holes where acid sulfate soils are present and groundwater is intersected, the requirements of Dewatering Management Level 1 of the national guidelines will be implemented, including:

Installation of a groundwater monitoring well at approximately 10 metres from the thrust bore bell

hole and dewatering is required during construction.

Water table level monitoring daily during the dewatering operation and compare against the

estimated drawdown and/or radial extent of the groundwater cone of depression to ensure

that the actual drawdown and/or radial extent of the groundwater cone of depression is not

more than that predicted from calculations.

Measurement of the groundwater pH every day in the groundwater monitoring well and the

excavation inflow during the dewatering operation to assess for groundwater acidification.

Cessation of dewatering and undertake risk assessment to determine appropriate remediation

option(s) if the results of groundwater and/or dewatering effluent monitoring indicate

deterioration in groundwater quality e.g. groundwater pH is less than 5.5 pH units,

Page 175: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

14 AECOM

If the duration of dewatering exceeds 7 days and the radial extent of the groundwater cone of

depression is greater than 50 metres, the requirements of Dewatering Management Level 2

will be implemented in line with the national guidelines.

(i) Treatment of Acidic waters

As acidic leachate or groundwater seepage into trenches normally contains or may contain many ions capable of producing acidity by hydrolysis (e.g. Fe3+, Al3+), a water sample should be taken for laboratory analyses (for measurement of titratable acidity) to more accurately determine lime requirements.

If laboratory analysis is constraint by time due to the adopted ASS management strategy (refer to Sections (b) and (c)), and no other means of estimating the amount of neutralising agent is available, the amount required to neutralise the trench water can be calculated by firstly measuring the current pH of the excavation pit water with a recently calibrated pH meter. The desired pH is usually between 6.5 and 8.5 (pH 7 is normally targeted).

The rate of application of neutralising agent will vary with the solubility, the fineness of the neutralising agent, the application technique and the pH of the water. Table 92 provides a general guide, for minimum quantities of pure aglime, hydrated lime and sodium bicarbonate needed to treat impounded water of 1 megalitre (1,000 cubic metres) capacity.

Table 9 General guide to neutralise 1ML of acidic leachate

Current Water pH Aglime (kg pure CaCO2) Hydrated Lime ((kg pure

CaOH)

Sodium Bicarbonate (kg pure

NaHCO2)

0.5 15,824 11,716 26,563

1.0 5,004 3,705 8,390

1.5 1,600 1,185 2,686

2.0 500 370 839

2.5 160 118 269

3.0 50 37 84

3.5 16 12 27

4.0 5 4 8.4

4.5 1.6 1.18 2.69

5.0 0.5 0.37 0.84

5.5 0.16 0.12 0.27

6.0 0.05 0.037 0.08

6.5 0.016 0.012 0.027

Notes:

1. The calculations in this table assume low saline water acidified by hydrogen ions (H+) and does not take

into account the considerable buffering capacity or acid producing reactions of some acid salts and

soluble species of aluminium and iron.

2. To more accurately calculate the amount of commercial product required, the weight of neutralising

agent from the table should be multiplied by a purity factor (100/ Neutralising Value for aglime) or (148/

Neutralising Value for hydrated lime).

2 Table 5, section 10.15, Planning and Managing Development involving Acid Sulfate Soils, Department

of Natural Resources and Mines, Queensland Government, 2002

Page 176: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

15 AECOM

3. If neutralising substantial quantities of ASS leachate, full laboratory analysis of the water will be

necessary to adequately estimate the amount of neutralising material required.

4. Hydrated lime is more soluble than aglime and hence more suited to water treatment. However, it has a

higher pH; as such, incremental addition and thorough mixing is needed to prevent overshooting the

desired pH. The water pH should be checked regularly after thorough mixing and allowing sufficient time

for equilibration before further addition of neutralising product.

(ii) Training requirements for construction personnel

The requirements of this document will be communicated through toolbox talks and pre-start meetings, with the information relevant to the day’s activities being re-iterated to ensure that ASS is managed in accordance with this ASS Management Protocol.

Specifically, all relevant site-based personnel must be trained on the requirements of the ASS management procedure including the recommended time period over which soils may be temporarily stockpiled before treatment commences as recommended by the CASS BPMG (2010) (refer to Section (c)).

If unexpected ASS is encountered a detailed ASS assessment must be undertaken by an appropriately qualified and experienced practitioner in line with the requirements of the CASS BPMG (2010). A suitably qualified person is a professionally accredited soil scientist or a person with five or more years recognised experience in ASS assessment and management.

ASS field indicators are provided Appendix D.

(g) Contingency plan

Adaptive management methods will be used to address actions to be undertaken where the management and mitigation measures in this document are not met. Contingency actions for the management of ASS during the construction phase include:

In the event that the duration of the earthworks is extended (due to unforeseen circumstances), a reassessment of the risk and management strategies must be undertaken, updated and implemented (if required).

Appropriate steps must be taken to minimise infiltration of water into the stockpiles as far as practically possible (e.g. staging the works so that manageable amounts of spoil are generated at one point, covering with durable plastic sheeting) prior to expected and during unforeseen rainfall events.

In the event of emergency situation (e.g. unforeseen severe weather) or the material cannot be fully treated within the recommended short-term stockpiling durations (refer to Section (c)), fine aglime at a rate of 5 kilograms fine aglime per square metre per vertical metre of stockpile will be spread over the surface of excavated ASS. This will reduce risk and limit/control the generation of acidity in the first instance as a contingency measure.

Appropriate steps should be taken to minimise infiltration of water into any temporary ASS stockpiles or the ASS loads in the trucks as far as practical possible (e.g. use of durable plastic sheeting) prior to expected and during unforeseen rainfall events, minimising water spraying). The plastic sheeting will be suitably anchored to the ground surface.

If any soils are encountered during excavation works that are not representative of the soils previously identified, laboratory tests in accordance with the CASS BPMG (2010) and the National ASS guidance (2018) will be completed to identify ASS horizons and evaluate the amount of existing and potential acidity.

For onsite treated ASS (if undertaken), if verification testing of aglime treated ASS indicate the performance criteria has not been met, the material will remain within the treatment area and be re-treated with sufficient aglime to achieve the performance criteria (refer to Section 7.0 prior to reuse.

Page 177: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

16 AECOM

11. Monitoring program

During the construction at Pipeline Works, the following monitoring regime shall be undertaken with respect to ASS. Monitoring will be carried out by an appropriately qualified person, using calibrated equipment on samples that are representative of the discharge or background.

(a) Trench water

14. Water should be tested for pH and salinity prior to discharge to land. pH should be between 4 and 9, and salinity should not exceed 6,000 µS/cm.

15. Waters not meeting required performance indicators (refer to the Pipeline Works EMP) will be treated until performance indicators are met prior to discharge to land.

12. Performance criteria

(a) Soil neutralisation

Onsite soil treatment criteria are provided as a contingency and included in Section 10.2(d)(v).

Soil that has been treated by neutralisation techniques and has not met these criteria will be re-treated and re-tested until the Performance Criteria (provided in Section 10.2(d)(v)) or are met.

13. Timing of environmental activities

Construction works should not occur during wet months unless conditions are such that land degradation and surface water management problems can be avoided, or appropriate mitigation measures implemented.

If off-site disposal is required, licensed disposal facilities will be contacted prior to the commencement of works to confirm the volumes and timeframes around the works to ensure that the receiving facilities have capacity at the time of planned excavation works.

Prior to the commencement of dewatering activities, the baseline pH level, salinity and total dissolved solids (TDS) of trench water (as appropriate) in the area of the works will need to be established to allow for effective ongoing monitoring throughout the duration of the works.

14. Reporting

Records should be kept on site in relation to ASS management activities and any contingency actions that are implemented during the construction phase of the Project, including:

Records of any trench water monitoring.

Photographic evidence of water quality in the trench monitoring locations

Records of aglime quantities used to treat excavated ASS (if encountered) and acidic water to

consolidate the bulk aglime brought on to site against the amount used.

Soil excavation volumes, treatment volumes (if required) will be recorded daily during earthworks.

Records of any laboratory testing for soils and water samples.

15. Consultation and approvals

EPA Victoria was consulted on 19 August 2019. It was agreed that this ASS management protocol will be developed and included in the Pipeline Works EMP, which will be approved in accordance with the Pipeline Act 2005, in consultation with EPA Victoria.

Page 178: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

17 AECOM

16. References

Dear, S. E., Ahern, C. R., O'Brien, L. E., Dobos, S. K., McElnea, A. E., Moore, N. G., & Watling, K. M. (2014). Queensland Acid Sulfate Soil Technical Manual: Soil Management Guidelines (p. 3). Brisbane: Department of Science, Information Technology, Innovation and the Arts, Queensland Government.

EPA Victoria (2009). Acid Sulfate Soil and Rock. Publication IWRG655.1. Environmental Protection Authority, Victoria.

Sullivan, L, Ward, N, Toppler, N and Lancaster, G (2018). National Acid Sulfate Soils guidance: National acid sulfate soils sampling and identification methods manual, Department of Agriculture and Water Resources, Canberra ACT. CC BY 4.0.

Victorian Coastal Acid Sulfate Soils Implementation Committee. & Price, Rebecca. & Victoria. Department of Sustainability and Environment (2010). Victoria's best practice guidelines for assessing and managing coastal acid sulfate soils. Melbourne. Dept. of Sustainability and Environment.

Page 179: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

AECOM

Appendix A Figures

Page 180: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

1 AECOM

Figures

Page 181: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

Error! Unknown document property name.

Error! Unknown document property name.

Error! Unknown document property name.

AECOM

Appendix B Tables

Page 182: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

1 AECOM

Tables

Page 183: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

Error! Unknown document property name.

Error! Unknown document property name.

Error! Unknown document property name.

AECOM

Appendix C Field Screening Testing

and Interpretations

Page 184: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

1 AECOM

Field Screening Testing and Interpretations

Method Description

The pH field (pHF) and pH peroxide (pHFOX) tests also called as screening tests provide a quick

indication of presence or absence of existing and potential acidity in soils. The tests are purely

qualitative and do not give a quantitative measure of the amount of acidity that has been or could be

produced through the oxidation process. This section has been referenced from National Acid Sulfate

Soil Sampling and Identification methods manual, Sullivan et al., 2018.

Equipment Needed

The following equipment is needed to conduct these tests in the field:

1. pH meter and electrode – charged and calibrated

2. Buffer solutions – pH 4 and pH 7

3. Laboratory grade 30% Hydrogen Peroxide stored appropriately

4. 1M Hydrochloric acid to test for shell

5. Sodium hydroxide to raise pH of Hydrogen peroxide to pH 4.5 (if needed)

6. Deionised Water

7. Test tubes and/or plastic containers sufficient to hold 100 ml and rack

8. Gloves, paper towels, brushes and buckets for cleaning containers

9. Data recording sheets.

Procedure

The key steps are:

1. Calibrate pH meter as per manufacturer’s instructions

2. Measure pH of Deionised water and hydrogen peroxide

3. Remove approximately 1 teaspoon of soil from the profile. Place approximately half teaspoon of

4. soil into the pHf test tube and place half teaspoon of the soil into the pHfox test tube. It is important that these 2 sub-samples come from the same sample and that they are similar in characteristics

5. Add sufficient deionised water in one test tube to make a 1:5 soil water paste. Mix it carefully with wooden skewer and place the pH meter in it. Measure the pH of the soil water solution.

6. To the second test tube/ container, add few millilitres of 30% hydrogen peroxide sufficient to cover the soil and stir the mixture. Note the reaction of the soil using a reaction scale (given below)

7. Allow 5 to 10 min for any reactions to occur, do not leave unattended to ensure there is no cross contamination

8. If needed, keep on adding hydrogen peroxide (2-3 times) until the reaction has slowed (ensuring most sulphides have reacted).

9. Wait for soil peroxide mixture to cool before placing the pH electrode.

Reaction Scale

Reaction Rate Type of reaction

L Slight reaction

M Moderate reaction

Page 185: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

2 AECOM

Reaction Rate Type of reaction

H High reaction

X Very vigorous reaction, gas evolution

and heat generation

Guidance on interpreting Field Screening

Tests:

A combination of three indicators is considered in arriving at a ‘positive field sulfide identification’ (i.e.

the presence of Potential Acid Sulfate Soils (PASS):

1. A reaction with hydrogen peroxide – the strength of the reaction with peroxide is a useful indicator but cannot be used alone. Organic matter, coffee rock and other soil constituents such as manganese oxides can also cause a reaction. Care should be exercised in interpreting a reaction on surface soils and high organic matter soils such as peats and coffee rock and some mangrove/estuarine muds and marine clays. This reaction should be rated, e.g. L = Low reaction, M = Medium reaction, H = High reaction, X = Extreme reaction, V = volcanic reaction.

2. The actual value of pHFOX. – if pHFOX is less than 3, and a significant reaction occurred, then it strongly indicates a PASS. The more the pHFOX drops below 3, the more positive the presence of inorganic sulfides.

3. A much lower pHFOX than field pHF – the lower the final pHFOX value and the greater the difference between the pHFOx compared to the pHF, the more indicative of the presence of PASS. This difference may not be as great if starting with an already very acid pHF (close to 4), but if the starting pH is neutral or alkaline then a larger change in pH should be expected. Where fine shell, coral or carbonate is present the change in pH may not be as large due to buffering. The ‘fizz test’ (effervescence with 1 M HCl) should be used to test for carbonates and shell. If these three factors, the final pHFOX value is the most conclusive.

The following interpretation will be adopted for field screening tests:

1. Strong Indicator of PASS – all three indicators present (pHFOX less than 3; M to H reaction, pHF – pHFOX less than 3)

2. Moderate Indicator of PASS – pHFOX greater than 3 and the remaining two indicators are positive

3. Low Indicator of PASS – pHfOX greater than 3 and one or none of the remaining indicators are positive

4. A pHF of less than 4 is likely to indicate the presence of AASS.

A sample with strong indicator of PASS need to be sent to laboratory for further analysis including

Chromium Reducible Sulfur (CRS) suite for net acidity and inorganic sulfur concentrations.

Page 186: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

AECOM

Appendix D Acid sulfate soils field

indicators

Page 187: Construction Environment Management Plan · 2020. 12. 16. · APA HSE EP 13.01.03 Management Plan Process and Design (Environmental Procedure) ... Western Port, Victoria and a connection

AECOM

Acid sulfate soils field indicators

The following field indicators can assist in the identification of unexpected ASS encountered during the excavation works. If any of these indicators are observed outside of where ASS has been identified, a suitably qualified person will need to be engaged to conduct an assessment of the material as per the requirements of the CASS BPMG (2010).

Soil Type Indicators

Acid Sulfate Soil (ASS)

Landscape Characteristics 1. dominance of mangroves, reeds, rushes, and other marine,

estuarine or swamp-tolerant vegetation

2. low lying areas, back swamps, scalded or bare areas in coastal estuaries and floodplains

3. sulphurous smell after rain following a dry spell or when soil is disturbed

Actual Acid Sulfate Soil (AASS)

Soil Characteristics 1. field soil pH test results ≤ 4.0

2. presence of shell with or without orange-yellow staining or coating

3. any jarositic (jarosite is a pale-yellow mineral deposit which can precipitate as pore fillings and coatings on fissures) horizons or iron oxide mottling in auger holes or recently dug surfaces. With a Fluctuating water table, jarosite may be found along cracks and root channels in the soil. However, jarosite is not always found in actual sulfate soils

4. jarosite present in surface encrustations or in any material dredged or excavated and left exposed

Groundwater Characteristics 1. groundwater pH test results < 5.0

2. elevated dissolved sulfate and/or dissolved mass-based chloride-sulfate ratio (Cl:SO4) < 4.0

Surface Water Characteristics 1. water pH < 5.5 in adjacent streams, drains or groundwater

2. unusually clear or milky blue-green drain water within or flowing from the area (aluminium released by the acid sulfate soils acts as a flocculating agent)

3. extensive iron stains on any drain or pond surface, iron stained water or ochre deposits

Potential Acid Sulfate Soil (PASS)

Soil Characteristics 1. soil pH usually neutral but may be acidic when tested with the

pHfox test

2. offensive sulphurous odour

3. waterlogged soils, soft muds (blue-grey or dark green-grey, soft, buttery soils) or estuarine silty sands

4. mid to dark grey sands or bottom sediments of estuaries or dark grey tidal lakes

5. presence of shell

6. water characteristics

7. water pH usually neutral but may be acidic

Source: Victorian Best Practice Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Coastal Acid Sulfate (2010)